HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 16355PROJECT MANUAL
JOB NO. 88050
SET NO. 4e--:)
TgII,S COPY FOR-i
r CITY SECRETARY
TRANS. & PUB. WKS.,
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR'S BONDING MY.,
_A/F
CITY SECRETAR _
CONTRACT No��
RENOVATION & REPAIR OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
OARROW
MCSPEOOEN FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH
SELLARS, INC.
ARCHITE[T'r
CONRACT
PLANNERS 5
FORT WORTH/SAN ANGELO
PINNACLE
CONSULTANTS
INC.
■NOINEERS
PLANNER•
200 WATER GMIDEN6 PLACE
700 EAST 15TH fT1EE7
FOWr WORTH, TEAM 76102
s17.332.6514 ALMEIi B AN WSTTRITE OF A>0MCTS
• 17.429 0= (mr TAp)
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
THE STATE OF TEXAS S
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT S -
This agreement made and entered into this the /,3 �day
of �%/�j�/�. A.D. , 19j53, by and between the CITY OF FORT
WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and
existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified
voters within said City on the llth day of December, A.D. 1924, under the
authority vested in said voters by the "Home Rule" provision of the
Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a
regular meeting of the City Council of said city, and the City of Fort
Worth being hereafter termed Owner, and
ereinafter called
tractor.
f WITNESSETH: That said parties have agreed as follows:
1.
That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements
hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the
conditions expressed in the performance and payment bonds delivered
herewith, the said Contractor as an independent contractor agrees with the
said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain
improvements described as follows:.p„i,512
01
That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an
independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary
for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the
Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the City Council
of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract
Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as
if written herein.
3.
The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the
construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in
writing to do so by the Transportation and Public Works Director of the
City of Fort Worth.
Standard Contract Form No. 5
Revised September 2, 1986
C-1
k.
The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable
diligence after the commencement thereof and to fully complete and finish
the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Transportation and
Public Works Director of the City of Fort Worth within a period of
calendar days.
If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the
Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so
stipulated, plus `-any additional time allowed as provided in the General
Conditions, there small be deducted from any monies due or which may
thereafter become due him, the sum of $)� �,� n per calendar day, not
as a penalty but as liquidated damages. Should the amount otherwise due
the Contractor be less than the amount of such ascertained and liquidated
damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for
such deficiency.
Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for
within the time herein fixed or to carry an and_complete the same according
to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications
and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to take charge
of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if, in
the completion thereof, the cost to the said Owner shall exceed the
contract price or prices set forth in the said Plans and 'Specifications and
Contract Documents made a part hereof, the Contractor small pay said Owner
on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of
the total cost thereof, said excess cost.
3.
Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold
harmless and defend Owner, its officers, agents, servants and employees,
from and against any and all claims or suits for property damage or loss
and/or personal injury, Including death,, to any and all persons, of
whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of
or in conjunction with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be
performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused,
in whole or in part, by alleged negligence on the part of officers, agents,
servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees of
the {inner; And said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all
liability and responsibility of Owner, its officers, agents, servants and
employees for property damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including
death, to any and all persons of whatsoever kind or character, whether real
or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly,
the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its
officers, agents, employees, cntractors, licensees and invitees whether or
not caused, in whole or in part, by alleged negligence of officers, agents,
servants, employee contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of
the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby,
V2
indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all injuries,
loss or damages to property of the Owner during the performance of any of
the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in
connection with or resulting from, in whole or in part, any and all alleged
acts or omissions of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors,
subcontractors, licenses, or invitees of the Owner.
In the event a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its
subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has
been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Transportation
and Public Works-w_Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final
payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended by the Director of the
Transportation and Public Works Department for a period of 30 days after
the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit
written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been
settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved.
Although the claim concerned remains unsettled at the expiration of the
above. 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a
semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in an
amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of
any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the
performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be
recommended by the Director.
The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom
such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months
following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the
Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that:
(1) The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from
the claimant involved, or
(2) Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding
claims, and such good faith efforts have failed.
If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period, the
Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made.
If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six month period, the
Director may recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. At
the expiration of the six month period the Director may recommend that
final payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other
obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the
Director.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on
other Transportation and Public Works Department Contract work from a
Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of
Work performed under a City contract.
C-3
6.
The Contractor agrees, on the execution of this Contract, and before
beginning work, to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth
good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms
and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for
labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the work, such bonds
being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil
Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract
Documents, and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price,
and the said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized
to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City Council of
the City of Fort Worth.
7
Said City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor
agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions
thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the proposal submitted
by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment
will 'be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by
contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the
Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/ )
alternateAg' shall be y
Dollars, ( 972). O D � • an c�,�d��—.------._.,-__
8.
It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in
whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said
Contractor without the written consent of the Transportation and Public
Works Director of said City of Fort Worth.
9.
The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for
all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of
Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part
hereof the same as if it were copies verbatim herein.
10.
It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and
entered into by the parties hereto with reference to the existing Charter
and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas
with reference to and governing alt matters affecting this Contract, and
the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same.
C-4
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument
to be signed in .5eYer� /'7) counterparts in its name and on its behalf
by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal
of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this
instrument through its duly authorized officers in 5e ver7 �Zr
counterparts with its corporate seal attached.
Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the /A n'�� day of �-%&-'/2- ,
A.D., 196 _.
APPROVED:
- 2-
TRANSPORTA ON A ��UMB LIC
WORKS DIR TO
BY: Al Lfink
._ N & A a
s
ffl�Zd _W/
CITY OF FORT WORTH
BY:
Y MANAG
ATTEST:
O'ITY SECRETARY
(S E A L)
APPROVED AS TO FORM AND
LEGALITY:
CITY ATT NEY
con � 1�•�% � trac Authorization
Date
C-5
PERFORMANCE BOND
(Required if contract amount exceeds $25,000)
THE STATE OF TEXAS S
COUNTY OF TARRANT j
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1)SKI HI ENTERPRISES, INC.
a (2) Corporation of Texas
hereinafter called Principal, and W FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully
authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter
called Owner, in the penal sum of:
Eighty six thousand, nine hundred fifty and no/100 _
($ 86,950.00 ) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be
paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum
well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas., the Principal
entered, into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner,
dated the T/,' day of �/�,F?/� A.D. 19.a copy of which is
hereto attached and made a part hereof, for:
Mechanical and Plumbing Demolition and Reconstruction plus duct alterations
for Southside Multi -Purpose Center
designated as Project Number 88050
a copy of which contract is
hereto attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the
same extent as if copies at length herein, such project being hereinafter
referred to as the "work."
C-6
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully
perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract
documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof
which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety,
and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such
contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all
costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and
shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner
may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond,
venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas.
AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby
stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed
thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise
affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any
such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the
contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts
each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the /3 7-// day of
A.D. , 19_&,5.
SKI HI ENTERPRISES, INC.
PRINCIPAL (4)
BY: r V-)/-, - - a
Fort Worth, Texas
(Address)
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
Surety
r
BY:
(Attor ey-i -fact) (5'y Tracy Tucker
Fort Worth, Texas
(Address)
C-7
ATTEST:
V�rfncip"ail) Secr ary
(S E A L OF PRINCIPAL)
(Witness as to Principal)
(3)
(4)
(S)
Correct name of Contractor.
A Corporation, a Partnership or
an Individual, as case may be.
Correct name of -Surety.
If Contractor is Partnership all
Partners should execute bond.
A true copy of Power of Attorney
shall be attached to bond by
Attorney —in —Fact.
C-8
(S E A L OF SURETY)
Witness as to Surety
Fort Worth, Texas
Address
2
PAYMENT BOND
(Required if contract amount exceeds S25,0OO.DD)
THE STATE OF TEXAS 3
COUNTY OF TARRANT ;
XWOW .ALL MEN BY TNESE PRESENTS: That we (1) SKI HI ENTERPRISES, INC.
a (2)_ Corporation of Texas
hereinafter called Principal,,. and O IDELITY AND DEPOSIT
COMPANY OF MARYLAND ,-a corporation organized and existing..under the laws
of the State and fully authorized to transact business in the State of
Texas, as Surety, are meld and firmly hound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
municipal corporation organized and -existing under the laws of the State of
Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all Persons, firms, and
corporations who may furnish materials for, or perform labor upon, the
building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of:
Eighty six thousand, nine hundred fifty and no/100
(g 86,950.00 ) Dollars in lawful money of the united States, to be
paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum
well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators and successors jointly and severally, firmly -by these
present s.
THE CONDITION DF THIS OBLIGATION is such that 14hereas, the 'Principal
entered into a certain contract with the City. of Fort Worth, the Dwner,
dated the day of A.D., 19�, .a copy of which
is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for:
Mechanical and Plumbing Demolition and Reconstruction plus du--a7tert-ions
for Southside Multi -Purpose Center
designated as Project Number 88050 , a copy of which contract is
hereto attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the
same extent as if copies at length herein, such project being thereinafter
Zeferred to as the "mortc ~
IC-9
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the
Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as defined in
Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, supplying labor and
materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said_Contract,
then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in
full force and effect.
THIS BOND IS MADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all
claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work
provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined in said Article
5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action under the
bond as provided in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond,
venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas, and that the said
Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change,
extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or
to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying
the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does
hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the
Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts
each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the / 3 6/ day of
A.D., 19.
SKI HI ENTERPRISES, INC.-
PRINCIPAL (4)
BY: a'(f�rl
Dcje��' I & E& S+ -
ATTEST:
10,
ri cipal) Secretary
Fort Worth. Texas (S E A L OF PRINCIPAL))
(Address) h�LL) 0/ 4 �� \ )
Witness as to Principal
C-10
1.
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
Surety
By
Attorney -in -fact 5 acy Tucker
FortWorth, Texas
(Address)
(3)
(4)
(5)
I-)
Correct name of Contractor.
A Corporation, a Partnership or
an Individual, as case may be.
Correct name of Surety.
If Contractor is Partnership all
Partners should execute bond.
A true copy of Power of Attorney
shall be attached to bond by
Attorney -in -Fact.
C-11
Acfffigf:
(S E A L)
Witness as to Surety
Fort Worth, Texas
(Address)
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
TO: Date 4-11-88
.., CITY OF FORT WORTH Project No. #88050
TEXAS
k Type of
Project MECHANICAL & PLUMBING RECONSTRUCTION
THIS IS TO CERTIFY_ THAT SKI -HI ENTERPRISES, INC
(Name and Address of Assured
<< is, at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect
to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance
and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this
I� Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy
noted on reverse side hereof.
TYPE OF INSURANCE
Policy No. Effective Expires Limits of Liability
�$500,000
EACH ACCIDENT
Workers'
Compensation
WC0743267
7-15-87
7-15-8
1$100,000
$500,000 DISEASE POLIC
DISEASE EACH
Public
0743307
7-15-87
7-15-8
1 Person $ 500,000
Liability
1 Accident$ 500,000
Contingent
0743307
7-15-87
7-15-8
1 Person $ 500,000
Liability
t
1 Accident$ 500,000
Property
0743307
7-15-87
7-15-88
$500,000 AGGREGATE
Damage
IM769262
9-23-87
9-23-88
LIMIT $2,000,000.
$500.00 DEDUCTIBLE PER
Builder's Risk
MONTHLY REPORTING
Automobile
CA0743268
7-15-87
7-15-8$
$500,000 COMBINED SIN
BODILY INJURY & PROPE
Other
The foregoing Policies (do) ()4RXDp,0 cover all sub -contractors.
Locations Covered: STATE OF TEXAS
Descriptions of Operations Covered: OPERATIONS TN fiTATR nF TFxAo
C-12
f LIMIT
EMPLOYEE
OCCURRENCE
GLE LIMIT
RTY DAMAGE
The above policies, either in the body thereof or by appropriate
endorsement, provide that they may not be changed or cancelled by the
insurer in less than five days after the insured has received written
notice of such change or cancellation.
When applicable local laws or regulations require more than five days'
actual notice of change or cancellation to the assured, the above policies
contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by
appropriate endorsement thereto attached.
NORTHBROOK INS. CO.
(e OR'IaVurer)
309 WEST 7TH ST., SUITE 200
By. ah_
Title RONALD F. WHITE CIC
C-13
March 17, 1988
Job No. 88050
Darrow McSpedden Sellars, Inc.
ADDENDUM NO.1
RENOVATION & REPAIR OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
FOR THE CITY OF FORT WORTH
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
This addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies original
Specifications dated February 29, 1988 and Drawings dated February 29, 1988.
Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form.
Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification.
BID DATE
A. Sealed proposals will be received at the office of the City Manager
until 11:00 A.M., March 25, 1988 in lieu of March 24th.
BID PROPOSALS
A. Combined bids may be proposed, however, individual bid package amounts
must be indicated for all combined packages.
B. The Davis Bacon Act applies for wage rates. Wage rates and Department
of Housing and Urban Development contract requirements are attached.
BENCH MARK
A. City surveyor will furnish bench marks and control lines.
STORAGE
A. Space is available for plumbing, air conditioning and electrical con-
tractors to furnish storage trailers on -site. Insurance is required
for on -site storage. All off -site storage must be bonded or insured.
Proof of bond or insurance coverage is required and must be presented
to construction manager.
QUALITY CONTROL
A. Independent tesing lab will be furnished and will provide testing. Delete
reference to contractor furnished tests in section 02200, 02370 and 03300.
REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL:
BID PACKAGE #4
A. Refer to attached revised proposal. Unit price for overtime hours is
required.
B. Pier excavation material removal is to be included in this bid.
BID PACKAGE #5
A. Section 15650 - Mechanical contractor shall furnish and install new
filters in air conditioning units.
B. Section 15650 - Kitchen hood fire suppression system shall meet code.
Mechanical contractor shall include new fire suppression system if
required.
BID PACKAGE #7
A. Section 2070 - Electrical contractor shall remove security system
items and itemize catalog, store and reinstall (Phase II).
BID PACKAGE #10
A. Section 02370 - New piers shall be located by pier drilling contractor.
Architect -Engineer will approve pier layout prior to drilling.
BID PACKAGE #11
A. New proposal attached will replace original proposal form. Testing labs
will submit Bid Package #11 with testing services provided and unit costs
for each service. Submit in envelope marked "Technical Proposal".
B. Also submit estimate of maximum charges for final sum not to exceed.
Submit in separate envelope marked "Estimate". (not being part of bid
proposal).
C. Specification section "Independent Testing Lab Services" , delete all
references to testing lab working for a contractor.
REFER TO DRAWINGS:
BID PACKAGE #3
A. Sheet S-4, Contractor will completely cut the existing grade slab,
including existing reinforcement (#,3 bars at 18" O.C.E.W.). Void state-
ment in details on Sheet S-4 indicating existing reinforcement from grade
beams, columns, etc. not being cut and reused in new slab.
BID PACKAGE #4
A. Sheet S-4, Dowel holes shall be drilled into grade beams, columns, etc.
and dowels epoxed in locations as shown on Sheet S-4. Holes for #3 dowels
to be 112" in diameter and a minimum of 6" deep. Use Sikadur 31 in
accordance with manufacturer's specifications to grout #3 dowels.
The FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
0
D FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY
Companies HOME OFFICES: BALTIMORE, MD.21203
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, and the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY, corporations of the State of Maryland, by C. M. PECOT, JR. , Vice -President,
and C. W. ROBBINS , Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2 of
the respective By -Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in
full force and effect of the date thereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Delbert Tucker, Tracy
Tucker, Tobin Tucker and Lydia Willhite all of Fort Worth, Texas, EACH....
e true and lawful agent and Attorney -in -Fact of each, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as
surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings ... EXCEPT bonds on behalf
of Independent Executors, Community Survivors and Community Guardians.........
rnlltK7 execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said
Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the
regularly elected officers of the respective Companies at their offices in Baltimore, Md., in their own proper persons.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice -Presidents and Assistant Secretaries have hereunto subscribed their names and
affixed the Corporate Seals of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT
COMPANYthis .....................-----3rd............................... day of .................. A.ugust................................ A.D. 19.... 8.I........
ATTEST: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY4OFMYLAND
F.—u�........ B '...1........................
••••.................4.......-•••. ..y.........................Assistant Secretary tr+t
FIDELITY ANDxzz
PANY
�C
SEALS (' (�� �j l`�-4....... By..............�.........................
4 ••-••••.................................
Assistant Secretary
STATE OF MARYLAND
CITY OF BALTIMORE
On this3 h day of August A.D. 19 8 7, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and
for the City of Baltimore, duly commissioned and qualified, came the above -named Vice -Presidents and Assistant Secretaries of the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers
described herein and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being by me duly sworn,
severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the Preceding
instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and
subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Sea a� lttmore `e day and _yea- 'rs; above
written.
+• r
w.ue +° My commission expires ...July.. Ls....l.99.Q......................
City ® Fort Worth, Texas
and Council Commun *cation
DATE REFERENCE suBircT: AWARD OF MULTIPLE —CONTRACTS FOR _Pace
NUMBER RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 4
4-5-88 . -C-10902 PURPOSE CENTER, PHASE I I of —
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council authorize- the City Manager to execute
contracts for construct -ion of the Renovation of the Southside Multi -Purpose
Center, Phase I (Demolition and Structural Reconstruction) with the following
contractors:
Bid Package No. 3 (Demolition) to Rice Drywall Inc. for $77,000.
Bid Package No. 4 (Concrete) to Harold N. Hall Construction Inc. for
$125,000.
Bid Package No. 5 (Combination Bid) including Alternate No. I (HVAC and
Plumbing) to Ski -Hi Enterprises for $86,950,
Bid Package No. 7 (Electrical) to Dav-Kin Electric Company, Inc. for $66,783.
Bid Package No. 10 (Pier Drilling) to H & H Foundation Drilling Co. Inc. for
$68,500.
nT.qN1q_qTnm
On February 9, 1988 (M&C C-10793), the City Council approved contracts with
Pinnacle Consultants Inc. to provide professional services for the renovation
of the Southside Multi -Purpose Center and with McCord Construction, Inc. to
provide construction management services for the project.
In order to expedite the reconstruction, the project was divided into two
phases. Phase I includes demolition of the interior walls and concrete slab
on grade, demolition and reconstruction of the mechanical, plumbing and
electrical systems, removal of the cabinet -work and doors and storage for
later installation and construction of interior piers and structural slab
floor. Phase II, which will be designed in a few weeks, includes
reconstruction of the interior walls, doors and finish materials to complete
the project.
RECEIPT OF BIDS:
The project was advertised on March 3 and 10, 1988 and bids were received for
Phase I on March 25, 1988 as follows:
BID PACKAGE CONTRACTOR AMOUNT
Bid Package No. I D/1.W Precast Contr. Inc. $ 6,000
Security Fence The Craftsmen, Inc. $ 7,441
Bid Package No. 2
Security Services DIFW Precast Contr. Inc. $ 35,000
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT:
NUMBER AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
RENOVATION wOF n THEmiSOUTHSIDE MULTI- 2__ f4
4-5-88 C-10902 n1inniNc-r, trrrncr T
Bid Package No. 3
Architectural Demolition
Bid Package No. 4
Concrete
DIFW Precast Contr. Inc.
Rice Drywall Inc.
Harold N. Hall Const. Inc.
Ed A. Wilson, Inc.
Cates -.Courtney, Inc.
Harold N. Hall Const. Inc.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Ed A. Wilson, Inc.
Terry J. Fricks, Inc.
Lone Star Conc. Inc.
Bid Package No. 5
Mechanical & Plumbing Demolition
and Reconstruction Ski -Hi Enterprises
First Tex. Mech Contr. Inc.
General Eng. Corp.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Alternate No. 1
Duct Alterations
Bid Package No. 6
Plumbing Demolition
& Reconstruction
Bid Package No. 7
Electrical Demolition
& Reconstruction
Bid Package No. 8
Project Sign &
Bulletin Board
Bid Package No. 9
Temporary Toilets
Ski -Hi Enterprises
First Tex. Mech Contr. Inc
General Eng. Corp.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
DIFW Precast Contr. Inc
Hayes Plumbing Co.
Dav-Kin Elect. Co. Inc.
The Davis Co. Elect.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Freeman Elect. Ltq Contr.
A.B. Electric Co.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
$ 75,000
$ 77,000
$ 95,
$ 98,500
$119,000
$125,000
$127,000
$204,000
$218,000
$229,434
$ 81,000
10,000
$125,400
$ 50,000 (Mech
Only)
$ 5,950
$ 9,500
$ 9,000
$ 9,283
$ 49,000
$ 98,000
$ 66,783
$ 71,71
$ 73,500
$ 90,400
$ 91,000
$ 1,200
$ 1,500
Bid Package No. 10
Pier Drilling H & H Found. Drilling Co. Inc. 68,500
Indoor Drilling Specialists, Inc3_7U_,W
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc. $ 75,000
DATE REFERENCE S U 13 J ECT; AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
NUMBER RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 3 4
4-5-88 C- 10902 1 PURPOSE CENTER, PHASE I of
11T.W.USSTON
The apparent low bidder (D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.) on Bid Package No. I
qualified its bid by stating that it would accept only the total project and
would not enter into a contract on individual bid packages. Its proposal for
the total project is $539,000 which is above the aggregate of the low bids
For the different bid packages. Therefore, it is recommended that all bids by
D/FW Precast Contr., Inc. be rejected. The Craftsman, Inc. proposal did not
include a bid bond. It is recommended that this bid be rejected and that the
bid package be re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
Only one bid was received on Bid Package No. 2. (D/FW Precast Contr., Inc.).
For the reasons given above, it is recommended that this bid be rejected and
that the bid package be re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
For Bid Package No. 3, Rice Drywall, Inc., has complied with the City's
MBE/WBE Policy, and it is recommended that Rice Drywall, Inc. (whose bid is
below the estimate) be awarded the bid.
The apparent low bidder for Bid Package No. 4, Cates -Courtney, Inc., did not
submit the required MBE/WBE forms and is considered non -responsive. The
second low bidder, Harold N. Hall Construction, Inc. is below the estimate
for this work, has complied with the City's MBE/WBE Policy, and is
recommended for award of the con -tract. It should be noted that some
excavation is expected in this contract at $6.00 per linear foot to determine
the condition of the grade beam carton form after the concrete slab is
removed. The total amount of excavation will be determined after the first
trench is dug, and a change order will be written.
The apparent low bidder on Bid Package No. 5, Ski -Hi Enterprises is below the
estimate for this work and is recommended for award of contract including the
base bid and Alternate No. 1. The firm complied with the City's MBE/WBE
Policy.
The lowest combination of bids for the mechanical and plumbing work is
included in Bid Package No. 5. Therefore, it is recommended that all bids for
Bid Package No. 6, (Plumbing demolition and reconstruction) be rejected.
The apparent low bidder on Bid Package No. 7, Dav-Kin Electric Company, Inc.
is below the estimate for this work and complied with City's MBE/WBE Policy.
Only one bidder responded to Bid Packages No. 8 and 9. Since the
recommendation is to reject all bids by D/FW Precast Contractors, Inc., the
proposals for Bid Package No. 8, (Project Sign and Bulletin Board) and Bid
Package No. 9, (Temporary Toilets) should be rejected and are recommended for
re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
DATE,
REFERENCE
NUMBER
SUBJECT:
AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR
RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI-J4
PAGE
C-10902
PURMSELLENTER.—HASE-1--
f4
Tvjo partial
bids were
received for
Bid Package No. 10, Drilled Shafts:
H & 1-1 Foundation Drilling Co. Inc. $68,500
Fort Worth, Texas
Indoor Drilling Specialists, Inc. $70,000
Denver, Colorado
Both firms had technical omissions from their proposals. However, because
-tijjs work must be completed before most of the other work herein can begin,
it is recommended that the contract be awarded to the low bidder, H & H
Foundation.
The total proposal for the bid packages recommended is $424,233 which is
.1,188,8011below the estimate of $613,037 for the same work.
FINANCING
Sufficient, funds are available in Grants Fund 76, Project No. 206081-40,
Southside Multi -Purpose Center Renovation to finance these contracts.
Expenditures will be made from Index Code 500660.
DAI -. d
S M PROCESSED BY
UR DISPOSITION W COUNCIL:
CI
-I y MANAGER'S VA P!�R�\iE D
OFFICT' 13 1 Y:
'INATINC, RIG UVWTHER (DESCRIBE)
0
[)I-IIARTMENT HEAD: Gary Santerre See Attachment CITY SECRETARY
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATE
CONTACT: N. Amos 7895
jivii In 's
OFFICE OF THE CITY MANAGER
1000 THROCKMORTON STREET
FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102
April 5, 1988 870-6111 / AREA CODE 817
TO: The Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Douglas Harman, City Manager
SUBJECT: M&C C-10902 - Award of Multiple Contracts for Renovation of
the Southside Multi -Purpose Center, Phase I
The following change needs to be made to the referenced M&C:
Recommendation
It is recommended 'that the City Council authorize the City Manager to:
1) execute contracts for construction of the renovation of the
Southside Multi -Purpose Center, Phase I (Demolition and
Structural Reconstruction) with the following contractors:
a) Bid Package No. 3 (Demolition) -to Rice Drywall, Inc. for
$77,000.
b) Bid Package No. 5 (Combination Bid) including Alternate
No. 1 (HVAC and Plumbing) to Ski -Hi Enterprises for
$86,950.
c) Bid Package No. 7 (Electrical) to Dav-Kin Electric Company,
Inc. for $66,783.
2) Reject all bids received for Bid Package Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 9
and 10.
DH: kc
PROPOSAL
TO: MR. DOUGLAS HARMAN
City Manager
City of Fort Worth
FOR: RENOVATION & REPAIR (PHASE I) OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
959 E. Rosedale Street
Fort Worth, Texas
Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned has thoroughly
examined the plans, specifications, and the site; understands the amount of work
to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equip-
ment and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the
plans and specifications, subject to the inspection and approval of the
Transportation and Public Works Director of the City of Fort Worth.
Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to
execute a contract and if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish
Performance and Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing
and completing the said work within the time stated and for the following sum,
to wit:
Bid Package #4: Concrete work per section 03300, pier concrete and steel per
section 02370, and excavating and grading per section 02200
for a total of dollars ($ ).
Trenching at perimeter and interior grade beams in accordance
with note 1, sheet S-1, per lineal foot dollars
per L.F. ($ l.f.).
Drilled piers, per linear foot, for depths greater or less
than those shown on drawings, including rebar and concrete.
18" dia. EXTRA $ CREDIT $
Unit cost for overtime work $ HR.
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any com-
bination thereof proposed for the above work.
The undersigned agrees to complete all work covered by these documents within
calendar days from and after the date for commencing work as established
the Progress Schedule and coordinated by the Contract Manager for the Project,
and to pay not less than the Prevailing Wage Rates as established by the City
Fort Worth, Texas.
in
of
The undersigned further agrees that, from the compensation otherwise to be paid,
the Owner may retain an amount equal to the schedule listed in paragraph 9, page
SIB-2 of the SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS in the specifications based upon
the contract amount for each calendar day after the date established for
substantial completion of the work by the Contract Manager in said Progress
Schedule, which sum is agreed upon as the proper measure of liquidated damages
which the Owner will sustain per diem by the failure of the undersigned to
achieve substantial completion of the work on or before the date stipulated.
This sum is not to be construed in any sense as a penalty.
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption
pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales,
• Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent, or lease all
materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of.this
contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the
tax, said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller's Ruling
#95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu
of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's
ruling #95-0.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment
and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency
in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned
are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance
7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21
through 13A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices.
Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the
undersigned will execute the formal contract. If the contract amount
exceeds $25,000.O0, the undersigned also agrees to deliver approved Surety
Bonds for the faithful performance of this contract. The attached Bid,
Bond, or Cashier's check in the sum of dollars (S )
is to become the property of the City ofF Fort Worth',—%xas, in the event
the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth as
liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby.
Respectfully submitted,
By:
Address:
Seal Date:
a
t
PROPOSAL
TO: MR. DOUGLAS HARMAN
City Manager
City of Fort Worth
FOR: RENOVATION & REPAIR (PHASE I) OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
959 E. Rosedale Street
Fort Worth, Texas
Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned has thoroughly
examined the plans, specifications, and the site; understands the amount of work
to be done and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equip-
ment and materials necesary to fully complete all the work as provided in the
plans and specifications, subject to the inspection and approval of the
Transportation and Public Works Director of the City of Fort Worth.
Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to
execute a contract and if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.000, furnish
Performance and Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing
and completing the said work within the time stated and for the following sum,
to wit:
Bid Package #11: Furnish testing per specifications section "Independent
Testing Laboratory Services". List services provided with
unit costs for each.
SERVICE DESCRIPTION
COST/UNIT
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any com-
bination thereof proposed for the above work.
The undersigned agrees to complete all work covered by these documents within
the time limit established in the job progress schedule and coordinated by the
Contract Manager for the Project, and to pay not less than the Prevailing Wage
Rates as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas.
The undersigned further agrees that, from the compensation otherwise to be paid,
the Owner may retain an amount equal to the schedule listed in paragraph 9, page
SIB-2 of the SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS in the specifications based upon
the contract amount for each calendar day after the date established for
substantial completion of the work by the Contract Manager in said Progress
Schedule, which sum is agreed upon as the proper measure of liquidated damages
which the Owner will sustain per diem by the failure of the undersigned to
achieve substantial completion of the work on or before the date stipulated.
This sum is not to be construed in any sense as a penalty.
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pur-
suant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise
and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent or lease all
materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this
contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax,
said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller's Ruling #95-0.07.
Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall
be subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.09 as
amended to be effective October 2, 1968.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and
those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either
furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discrimi-
nated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordianance 7278 as amended by
City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21 through 13A-29) prohi-
biting discrimination in employment practices.
Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the under-
signed will execute the formal contract.
Respectfully submitted,
By:
Address:
Seal Date:
1
.—
U.S. Department of Labor
4P,
GENERAL WAGE DECISION NO. TX88-7/,2.3J7
Supersedes General Wage Decision No. TX87-7
State: TEXAS
County(ies): Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Grayson, Hood, Hunt,
Johnson, Kaufman, Palo Pinto, Rockwall, Tarrant, & Wise
Construction
Type: Building
Construction
Description: Building Projects (does not include single family homes
and apartments up to and including 4 stories ). (Use
current heavy & highway general wage determination for
Paving Incidental to Building Const, in Tarrant Co. &
for Paving & Utilities Incidental to Suilding Const. in
remaining Cos.).
Modification Record:
No. Publication Date Page No.(s)
Vol. it
949
U.S. Department of Labor
Tx88-712 33
ASBESTOS WORKERS
BOILERMAKERS
BRICKLAYERS & STONEMASONS:
ZONE I - Collin, Dallas, Ellis, Hunt,
Kaufman & Rockwall Cos. ;
ZONE 2 - Denton, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto. Tarrant, and Wise Cos,
ZONE 3 - Grayson Co.
CARPENTERS:
ZONE i - Grayson Co.:
Carpenters
Millwrights
Piledrivermen
ZONE 2 - Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,
Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Kaufman, Palo
Pinto, Rockwall, Tarrant, & Wise Cos.:
Carpenters & piledrivermen
Acoustical, Drywall, Insulation &
Metal Door Frames
Millwrights
CEMENT MASONS:
ZONE / - Denton, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Tarrant, and Wise Cos.
ZONE 2 - Collin, Dallas, -Ellis, Hunt,
Kaufman & Rockwall Cos.
ELECTRICIANS:
ZONE 1 - Denton, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Tarrant, and Wise Cos:
Electricians
Cable Splicers
ZONE 2 - Collin, Dallas, Ellis, Gray-
son, Hunt, Kaufman & Rockwall Cos:
Electricians
Cable Splicers
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS:
Mechanics
Helpers
Helpers (Prob.)
GLAZIERS (excluding Grayson Co.)
IRONWORKERS:
ZONE 1 - Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,
Grayson, Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Kauf-
man, Palo Pinto (excluding northwest
corner), Rockwall, Tarrant & Wise (ex-
cluding northwest 1/2)
ZONE 2 - Palo Pinto (northwest corner)
8, Wise (northwest 1/2)
LABORERS: I
ZONE 1 - Grayson Co.:
Group 1 -Unskilled
Group 2 - Air tool oper. (jackhammer,
vibrator), mason tenders & mortar
Basic Fringe
Hourly Benefits
Rates
15.50 2.99
15.875 3.20
14.00 1.80
14.00 1.80
12.77 2.50
14.61 1.655
15.01 1,655
15.11 1.655
12.78
2.22
12.78
2.22
16.08
3.73
14.15 2.07
10.91 2.09
15.90 1.40+ 8%
16.15 1.404 8%
17.10 1.40+ 9%
18.81 1.40+ 9%
15.885 3.58+ a
70%JR 3.58+ a
50%JR
15.60 ' 1.55
12.88 2.92
12.50 2.95
9.675 .775
Vol. 11 950
1
61.
U.S. Department of labor
TX88-712 33
mixers, pipelayers, flaggers
9.925 .775
ZONE 2 - Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,,
Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Kaufman, Palo
Pinto, Rockwall, Tarrant & Wise Cos.:
All work including flaggers
8.60 1.30
LATHERS
17.38 1.04
LINE CONSTRUCTION:
ZONE i - Collin, Dallas, Ellis, Gray-
son, Hunt, Kaufman & Rockwall Cos:
Lineman
17.10 1.40+ 8.5%
Cable Splicers
18.81 1.40+ 8.5%
Operators
17.10 1.40+ 8.5%
Groundman
11.97 1.40+ 8.5%
ZONE 2 - Denton, Hood. Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Tarrant, and Wise Cos:
•Lineman
14.10 1.40+ 8.5%
Cable Snllcers
15.51 1,40+ 8.5%
Operators
1.40+ 8.5%
Groundman
9.73 i .40-- 8 . 50,,
MARBLE, TILE, & TERRAZZO WORKERS (ex-
cluding Eliis County)
13.00 1.87
PAINTERS:
ZONE i - Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,
Grayson, Hunt, Kaufman & Rockwall Cos:
Group 1 - Brush
14.36 1.80
Group 2 - All wall covering work:
paper, fabric, sheeting. flexwood,
etc.
14.61 1.80
Group 3 - Ames tool open.
14.48 1.80
Group 4 - Structural steel, stage
work, bosun chair, spray gun,
sandblasting & window jack & fire
escapes
14.74 1.80
Group 5 - Steeple Jack work consist-
ing of watertowers, smoke stacks, &
breeching; chimneys, flag poles,
radio & TV towers, cable work 16'
& over above ground where cables
are strung to scaffolds & running
boards
15.11 1.80
ZONE 2 - Hood, Johnson, Palo Pinto,
Tarrant & Wise:
Group 1 - Brush
17.31 1.47
Group 2 - Wallcovering (except
commercial vinyl); sandblasting,
steel storage tanks, mechanical
drywall finishing tools
17.56 1.47
Group 3 - Steeple jack (radio & TV
towers, smoke stacks, chimneys &
water towers & similar facilities
& flagpole atop bldgs. located
closer to the edge of bldg. than
the height of the pole); toxic ma-
terial (creosote, coal tar pro-
ducts or similar materials in-
jurious to the skin
18.56 1.47
�P'
Vol, 11 951
U.S. Department of Labor
I
Tx88-7/Z33
Group 4 - Spray
17.685
1.47
PLASTERERS:
ZONE 1 - Collin, Dallas, Ellis, Hunt,
Kaufman, & Rockwall Cos.
15.41
3.59
ZONE 2 - Denton, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Tarrant & Wise Cos.
17.33
1.09
PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS:
ZONE 1 - Collin, Dallas, Ellis, Grayson
Hunt, Kaufman, & Rockwall Cos.
15.75
2.19
ZONE 2 - Denton, Hood, Johnson, Palo
Pinto, Tarrant & Wise Cos.
15.52
2.03
ROOFERS:
Group 1 - Slate & the
13.035
1.01
Group 2 - Composition & built-up,
dampproofing & bituminous water-
proofing
12.885
1.01
SHEET METAL WORKERS
ZONE 1 - Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,
Grayson, Hood, Hunt, Johnson, Kaufman,
Rockwall, Tarrant & Wise Cos.
16.905
2.08
ZONE 2 - Palo Pinto Co.
14.38
.89
SOFT FLOOR LAYERS
14.75
1.25
SOUND INSTALLERS- repair, service and in-
stall intercommunication telephones,
interconnect sound & public address
equipment, electronic systems, music &
TV distributing systems for commercial
bldgs. & shall include the pulling of all
►sires in conduit or raceways or surface
wiring, the running of open wiring, the
running of conduit & raceways not to
exceed 10 ft. in length & the wiring of
all electrical communication devices of i00
volts or less controlling the equipment
described above
11.36
.54+ 3%+ b
SPRINKLER FITTERS
17.70
3.55
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
ZONE i - Dallas Co.:
Group 1
16.65
2.35
Group 2
15.65
2.35
Group 3
14.45
2.35
Group 4
13.25
2.35
Group 5
12.25
2.35
ZONE 2 - Remaining Cos.:
Group 1
16.20
2.80
Group 2
14.00
2.80
Group 3
11.80
2.80
Group 4
10.53
2.80
WELDERS: Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to
which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the
scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as
Vol. 11 952
U.S. Department of Labor
TX88-7/2 3 J
provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR.5.5 (a) (i)
011)).
PAID HOLIDAYS
A -New Year's Day; B-Memorial Day; C-Independence Day; D-Labor Day; E-
Thanksgiving Day; F-the Friday after Thanksgivinq Day; G-Christmas Day
FOOTNOTES:
a - ist 6 mos. - none; 6 mos. to 5 yrs. - 6%; over 5 yrs. - 8% of
basic hourly rate. Also 7 Paid Holidays A thru G
b - Sick or Injury Pay:
1st day out - no pay
2nd day out - 1/2 pay
3rd day out & thereafter - full pay for a maximum of 10 days pay
per year Employees who receive pay for less than 5 sick days per
year shall receive on 8/31 of each year incentive pay equal in
amount to a day's pay for each day that such days were less than 5
Employees who are members of a reserve component of the Armed
Services & are ordered to annual active duty for training as a
normal part of their reserve obiligation shall be eligible for &
shall receive differential pay equal to the difference between
their computed daily base rate (excluding overtime compensation)
& their daily military base pay (excluding quarters & subsistence
allowances) for each day of military leave where the employee
would normally have performed work up to a maximum of 10 work
days per year
Employees absent from work while serving as jurors shall be paid
at their hourly rate excluding overtime for the hours actually
lost from work less any amount received,by the employee as juror's
fee
Up to 3 days leave for death of immediate family member
(spouse,child, parent, brother,sister,mother-in-law,father-in-
law,grandparents & grandchildren)
Paid Vacation:
after 1 year service - i week vacation
after 2 years service - 2 weeks vacation
after 5 years service - 2 weeks & i day vacation
after 6 years service - 2 weeks & 2 days vacation
after 7 years service - 2 weeks & 3 days vacation
after 8 years service - 2 weeks & 4 days vacation
after 9 years service - 3 weeks vacation
Paid Holidays - A thru G plus the last working day preceding
Christmas Day & another day designated by the Company
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (ZONE 1) CLASSIFICATION DEFINITIONS
Group i - Tower Cranes; all conventional cranes, derricks, power
operated; hoist, motor driven 2 drums or more; piledrivers;
hydraulic cranes over 50 tons.
Group 2 - All backhoes; hydraulic cranes - 35 tons and over
Vol. It 953
U.S. Department of Labor //
f'
TX88-,/233
Group 3 - Wagon drills; hydraulic cranes, under 35 tons; concrete
pump; loaders over 1 yd.; foundation drilling machines
Group 4 - Material hoists; boom truck; placing boom; loaders 1 cu. yd.
and under; gradall
Group 5 - Box blade; pneumatic roller, self-propelled; forklifts; 1
drum hoists; winch trucks; dozers and similar type equipment
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (ZONE 2) CLASSIFICATION DEFINITIONS
GROUP 1 - Hoist, two drum or more; Cableways; Cranes - Power operated;
Derricks, power operated (all types); Pile Drivers; Hydraulic Cranes
over 50 tons; Tower Cranes
GROUP 2 - Wagon Drill; Crushing Plants; Concrete Pumps (all types);
Ford Tractor or like with any attachment (except blade and mower on
rear); Drilling Machines (all types); Forklifts (40 feet and over);
Six Wheel Truck, when used continuously for 5 days; Mixermobile;
Locomotives; Mixers, 14 cu. ft. or over; Blade Graders, self-
propelled; Gradall; Hy -Ho; Hop -To; Paving Mixers (all types); Mobile
Concrete Mixers over 14 cu. ft.; Bulldozers, Loaders, Tractovators;
Scrapers and Pulls; Trenching Machines; Heavy Duty Mechanic;
Hydraulic Cranes 50 tons and under; 2 Air Tuggers
GROUP 3 - Air Compressors, Pumps, Weiding Machines. Throttle Valves,
Light Plants, Conveyor. Elevators Building, Form Graders, Hoist
(single drum), Ford Tractor including blade and mower on rear,
Mixers less than 14 cubic feet, Screening Plants Forklifts (short,
under 40 feet), Bobcat type equipment, inside Automatic Building
Elevator (50% of Heavy Equipment Rate),.Welders, Scoopmobile, Winch
Truck, Roller, ten tons or over, Air Compressor & Air Tugger.
Boilers, two or more fired by one man.
GROUP 4 - Oiler
Vol. 11 954
EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1 1986
DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as
amended, and with the regulations promulgated thereunder. Specifically, Contractor shall comply with the
following Acts and Orders and their regulations:
1. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE; SECTION 202
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of
race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure
that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their
race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the
following: employment; upgrading; demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training,
including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to
employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this
nondiscrimination clause.
b. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of
the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without
regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
c. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers, with which it has a
collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor
union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitment under this section, and shall post
copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
d. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and
with the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
e. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant
thereto, and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Department of Housing and
Urban Development ("the Department") and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to
ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders.
f. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or
with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be cancelled, terminated or
suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government
contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or
by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
g. The Contractor will include the sentence immediately preceding Paragraph a and the provisions of
Paragraphs a through g in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations
- 1 -
or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of
September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The
Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department
may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided,
however, that, in the event the Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with
a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the Contractor may request
the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States.
h. The Contractor shall submit a certification and shall require each of its subcontractors to submit 6
certification that all facilities provided for employees of Contractor or any subcontractor shall be
fully integrated, and Contractor shall not permit its employees to perform their services in any
locations under its control where segregated facilities are maintained.
i. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit access during normal business hours to its
premises for the purpose of conducting on -site compliance reviews and for inspecting and copying such
books, records, accounts and other material as may be pertinent to compliance with the Order and the
rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto by the City. Information obtained in this manner
shall be used only in connection with the administration of the Order, the administration of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended) and in furtherance of the purposes of the Order and the Act.
2. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION ACTS
a. In performance of all contracts, the Contractor will comply with the Affirmative Action
Guidelines of Executive Order 11246 and the implementing regulations and documents thereof.
b. In performance of all contracts in the amount of $10,000 or more: Contractor will comply with
Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u, and the
implementing regulations and documents and shall have on file a written affirmative action policy,
which has the stated work force goals of 18.2% minority persons and 6.9% females, and must follow the
hiring practices specified in Subsection c, below. Additionally, Contractor agrees to the
following provisions:
(1) The work to be performed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing
direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is
subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as
amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. Section 3 requires that, to the greatest extent
feasible, opportunities for training and employment are given to lower income residents of the
project area and contracts for work in connection with the project are awarded to business
concerns which are located in or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of
the project.
(2) The parties to this Contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the
regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth
in 24 CFR 135 and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to
the execution of this Contract. The parties to this Contract certify and agree that they are
under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these
requirements.
- 2 -
(3) The Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he
has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice
advising the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this
Section 3 clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to
employees and applicants for employment or training.
(4) The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection
with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal
financial assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that
the subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development as set forth in 24 CFR 135. The Contractor will not subcontract with any
subcontractor where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of
regulations under 24 CFR 135 and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has
first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of
these regulations.
(5) Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR 135, and all
applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the
Contract shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to the project,
binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors and assigns.
Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors
and subcontractors, its successors and assigns, to those sanctions specified by the grant, loan
agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided and to such sanctions as are
specified by 24 CFR 135.
C. In performance of all contracts in the amount of $50,000 or more, and where the Contractor employs
more than twenty-five non -construction employees, the Contractor must promulgate a specific
affirmative action plan, and must take specific affirmative action to ensure equal employment
opportunities. Contractor shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the
following:
(1) Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all
sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The
Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on -site
supervisory personnel are aware of and are carrying out the Contractor's obligations to
maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority and female individuals
working at such sites or in such facilities. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or
more women to each construction project.
(2) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources and provide
written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations
when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a
record of the organizations' responses.
(3) Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and
female off-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source
or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual.
If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to
the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be
documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additional actions the
Contractor may have taken.
IMM
(4) Provide immediate written notification to the City when the union or unions with which the
Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement have not referred to the Contractor a minority
person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the
union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.
(5) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the areas
which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeships
and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs
funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these
programs to the sources compiled under subsection (2) above.
(6) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and
training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its
EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by
publicizing it in the company newspaper or annual report; by specific review of the policy with
all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and
by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each
location where construction work is performed.
(7) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under
these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment,
lay-off, termination or other employment decision, including specific review of these items
with on -site supervisory personnel, such as suoerintendents and general foremen, prior to the
initiation of construction work at any jow site. A written record shall be made and maintained
identifying the name and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed
and disposition of the subject matter.
(8) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including highlights of it in any
advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and
providing written notification to, and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with, other
contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.
(9) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community
organizations, to schools with minority and female students, and to minority and female
recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment
needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for
apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written
notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures
and tests to be used in the selection process.
(10) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women
and, where reasonable, provide after -school, summer and vacation employment to minority and
female youths, both on the site and in other area of the Contractor's work force.
(11) Validate all testa and other selection requirements where there is. an obligation to do so under
41 CFR, Part 60-3.
(12) Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation of all minority and female personnel
for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through
appropriate training, such opportunities.
- 4 -
(13) Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel
practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and
employment -related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations
under these specifications are being carried out.
(14) Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non -segregated except as separate or
single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy
between the sexes.
(15) Document and maintain a record of all solicitations for subcontracts from minority and female
construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and
female contractor associations and other business associations.
(16) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the
Contractor's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations.
d. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment -related activities
to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the
provisions hereof as may be required by the City and to keep records of the same. Records for each
employee shall at least include: the employee's name; address; telephone number; construction
trade; union affiliation, if any; employee identification number where assigned; social security
number; race; sex; status; dates of changes in status; hours worked per week in the indicated trade;
rate of pay; and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an
easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy
this requirement, Contractor shall not be required to maintain separate records.
3. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK ACT
In any contract involving construction or repair, Contractor agrees to comply, and shall require its
subcontractors to comply, with the provisions of the Copeland "Anti -Kickback Act" (18 U.S.C. 874), as
supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3). This Act provides that each Contractor
or subgrentee shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction,
completion or repair of public work to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is
otherwise entitled; and, if found guilty of doing so, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned
not more than five (5) years, or both.
4. DAVIS-BACON ACT
In any contract for construction in excess of $2,000: Contractor agrees to comply, and shall require its
subcontractors to comply, with the provisions of the Davis -Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a to a-7). This Act
requires contractors to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less then the minimum wages
specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor and to pay wages not less often than
once a week. Specifically, Contractor agrees to comply with the following Department of Labor
regulations (29 CFR Part 5):
a. Minimum Wages
All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work performed pursuant to this
contract will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent
deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations
issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act), the full amount of wages and bonefide
fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at the time of payment, computed at rates not less
- 5 -
than those contained in the wage determination of said Secretary of Labor (which is attached hereto
and made a part hereof), regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist
between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably
anticipated for bonafide fringe benefits under Section l(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of
laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the
provisions of Paragraph d of this clause; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for
more than a weekly period under plans, funds or program which occur the particular weekly period,
are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and
mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for
the classifications of work actually performed without regard to skill, except as provided in the
clause entitled "Apprentices and Trainees." Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one
classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time
actually worked therein; provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time
spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any
additional classifications and wage rates conformed under Paragraph b of this clause) and the
Davis -Bacon poster shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site
of the work in a prominent and accessible place where they can easily be seen by the workers.
b. Employment of Laborers or Mechanics not listed in Aforesaid Wage Determination Decision
(1) The City shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage
determination and which is to be employed under this Contract shall be classified in
conformance with the wage determination. The City shall apnrn., ar, additional classification
and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met:
(a) The work to be performed by the requested is not performed by a
classification in the wage determination; and
(b) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(c) The proposed wage rate, including any bonafide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable
relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification or their
representatives and the City agree on the classification and wage rate, including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate, a report of the action taken shall be sent
by the City to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards
Administration, United States Department of Labor. The Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action
within 30 days of receipt and so advise the City or will notify the City within the 30-day
period that additional time is necessary.
(3) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification,
and the City do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate, including the amount
designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate, the City shall refer the questions,
including the reviews of all interested parties and the recommendations of the City, to the
Administrator for determination. The Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, or an
authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and will so
advise the City or will notify the City within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
- 6 -
(4) The wage rates determined pursuant to the above provisions shall be paid to all workers
performing work in the classification under this Contract from the first day on which work is
performed in the classification.
c. Fringe Benefits Not Expressed as Hourly Wage Rates
Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in this Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics
includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay
the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay either bonafide fringe benefits or an
hourly cash equivalent thereof.
d. Anticipated Coats of Fringe Benefits
If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part
of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing
fringe benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision
of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this Contract, provided, however, the Secretary of Labor
has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the
Davis -Bacon Act have been het. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a
separate account -,rs for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any
findings made by the Secretary of Labor with respect to fringe benefits being provided by the
Contractor must be submitted to the City with the first payroll ;sled by the Contractor subsequent to
receipt of the findings.
e. Underpayments of Wages or Salaries
The City shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this Contract or any
other federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract
subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime Contractor, so
much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and
mechanics, including apprentices, trainees and helpers employed by the Contractor or any
subcontractor, the full amount of wages required by this Contract. In the event of Contractor's
failure to properly pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper employed
or working on the site of the work, the City may, after written notice to the prime Contractor,
take such action as may be necessary to cause a suspension of any further payment, advance or
guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. The amount so withheld may be disbursed by the
City, for and on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor, to their respective laborers or
mechanics to whom the same is due or on their behalf to plans, funds or programs for any type of
fringe benefit prescribed in applicable wage determination.
f. Payrolls and Basic Payroll Records of Contractor and Subcontractors
(1) Payrolls and basic records relating to the work performed under the terms of this Contract
shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period
of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work.
Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such worker,
his or her correct classification, hourly rate of wages paid (including rates of contributions
or costs anticipated for bonafide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof), daily and
weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary
of Labor has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of costs
- 7 -
reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described by the
Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to
provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, that
the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and
the cost anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors
employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of
the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the
registration of the apprenticeships and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in
the applicable program.
(2) (a) The Contractor shall submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City if the City is a
party to the Contract, but if the City is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the
payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the
City. The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the
information required to be maintained under Paragraph (1) of this Section. The
information shall be submitted in a form approved by the City. The Contractor is
responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
(b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "statement of compliance", signed by the
Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the
persons employed under the Contract and shall certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be
maintained under Paragraph (1) of this Section and that such information is correct
and complete;
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic employed on this Contract during the payroll period
has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or
indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from
the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions.
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates
and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of work performed, as
specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into this Contract.
(c) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or
subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Sec. 1001 of Title XVIII and Sec. 231
of Title XXXI of the United States Code.
(3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under Paragraph (1) of this
section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by the City or the Department of
Labor or their authorized representatives. The Contractor and subcontractors shall permit
such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the
Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available,
the City may, after written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance or guarantee of funds. Furthermore,
failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be
grounds for debarrment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
g. Employment of Apprentices and Trainees
(1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they
performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bonafide
- B -
apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training
Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a state apprenticeship agency
recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of
probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not
individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency to be eligible for probationary
employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site
in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as
to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an
apprenticeship wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above shall be
paid not less then the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of
work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess
of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor is
performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is
registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly
rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed.
Every apprentice must be paid at no less than the rate specified in the registered program for
the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in
accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program
does not specify fringe beneii apprentices must be paid t' —ill amount of fringe benefits
listed on the wage determination for the classification. If the Administrator of
the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable
apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the
event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a state apprenticeship agency recognized by
the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be
permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work
performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less
than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and
individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal
certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The
ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater then permitted under the
plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not
less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage
determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be
paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the
administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program
associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides
for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a
trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the
Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on
the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any
trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered
program shall be paid not less then the applicable wage rate on the wage determination of the
work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws
approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees
at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable
program is approved.
- 9 -
(3) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under
this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of
Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.
h. Posting Wage Determination Decisions and Authorized Wage Deductions
The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, and the
applicable wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various
classifications of laborers and mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered by this
Contract, and a statement showing all deductions, if any, to be made from wages actually earned by
persons so employed or to be employed in such classifications, in accordance with the provisions of
this Contract, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of work.
i. Claims and Disputes Pertaining to Wage Rates
Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to the classification of laborers and mechanics
employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor in
writing to the City for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be
final with respect thereto.
5. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT
Contractor will comply with all provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40
U.S.C. 327-332), as supplemented by Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR, Part 5). Specifically,
Contractor will comply with the following standards:
a. Overtime Compensation.
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or
involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or
permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to
work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek, unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at
a rate not less than one and one-half times his or her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in
excess of 40 hours in such workweek.
b. Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages
In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in Paragraph a of this section, the Contractor
and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his or her
unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States
for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual
laborer or mechanic in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or
permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime
wages required by the clause set forth in Paragraph a of this section.
c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages.
The City shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the
Department'of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from any moneys payable on account of work
performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any contract or any other Federal contract with
- 10 -
the same Contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and
Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may administratively
be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for
unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in Paragraph b of this section.
d. Subcontracts.
The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts the clauses set forth in Paragraphs a, b, and c of
this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower -
tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any
further subcontracts that may in turn be made. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the provisions set forth in this
section.
6. CHILD LABOR ACT
Contractor will comply with the Child Labor provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C.
§212-219 and that Act's implementing regulations, found at 29 CFR 570. This Act prohibits the paid
or unpaid employment of individuals under the age of 16 years on any construction project.
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
a. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees.
No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this Contract
are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or
any subcontractor because such employee has filed any compliant or instituted or caused to be
instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating
to the labor standards applicable under this Contract to his employer.
b. Questions concerning Certain Federal Statutes and Regulations
All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a)
the aforesaid Anti -Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the
aforesaid Davis -Bacon Act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States
Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts, or (a) the labor standards provisions of any other
pertinent Federal statute, shall be referred, through the City and the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's
appropriate ruling or interpretation which shall be authoritative and may be relied upon for the
purposes of this Contract.
c. Provisions to be Included in Subcontracts.
The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontract the above -specified clauses entitled
"3. COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK ACT", 114. DAVIS-BACON ACT", 115. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS
ACT", 116. CHILD LABOR ACT", 017. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS" and such other clauses as the City may by
appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these
clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by
any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses cited above.
d. Breach of foregoing Federal Labor Standards Provisions
In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract, as herein elsewhere set forth, the City
reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose
subcontract covers any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of the foregoing Federal
Labor Standards provisions. A breach of these Federal Labor Standards provisions may also be grounds
for debarment, as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, Uniteo
States Department of Labor.
e. Employment Practices
The Contractor shall (1), to the greatest extent practicable, follow hiring and employment practices
for work on the project which will provide new job opportunities for the unemployed and under-
employed, and (2) insert or cause to be inserted this provision in each construction subcontract.
f. Contract Termination; Debarment
A breach of any of the Acts or regulations specified in Paragraph c, above, may be grounds for
termination of this Contract and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor, as provided in 29
CFR 5.12.
g. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards
Disputes arising out of the Labor Standards provisions of this Contract shall not be subject to the
General Disputes Clause of this Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR, Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes, within the
meaning of this Clause, include disputes between the Contractor or any of its subcontractors; and the
City, the U. S. Department of Labor, their employees or representatives.
h. Certification of Eligibility
(1) By entering into this Contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm
who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded
government contracts by virtue of Sections 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(2) No part of this Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a
government contract by virtue of the above -mentioned sections.
8. CLEAN AIR AND WATER ACT
a. Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42
U.S.C. 1857, et seq.), and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251, at
seq.) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well as other
requirements specified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Air Act and the Water Act, respectively,
and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder before the award of this Contract.
b. No portion of the work required by this Contract will be performed in a facility listed on the EPA
List of Violating Facilities on the date when this Contract was awarded unless and until the EPA
eliminates the name of such facility or facilities from such listing.
- 12 -
c. Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with clean air standards and clean water standards at
all facilities in which the Contract is being performed.
d. Contractor shall insert the substance of the provisions of this clause into any nonexempt
subcontract, including this Paragraph.
9. LEAD BASED PAINT HAZARD
In all contracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structures, the Contractor and all
subcontractors shall comply with the Lead -Based Paint regulations found in 24 CFR 35 and shall comply
with the provisions for the elimination of lead -based paint hazards under Sub -Part B thereof.
10. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR REGARDING REPORTS
Contractor will comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth's Department of Housing and Human
Services regarding the compiling and reporting of statistical information required by the Federal
regulations outlined above. Specifically, Contractor agrees to submit all completed reports according to
the instructions and requirements of the Fort Worth Department of Housing and Human Services, and
Contractor understands that failure to do so may be cause for termination of this contract.
11. CERTIFICATION AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I certify that I have read and understand the information regarding my obligations as a Contractor on a
project funded by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, which is contained in
the preceding Contract provisions. I understand that, should I have any questions regarding my
obligations, I will as soon as possible contact the Fort Worth Department of Housing and Human Services
staff member who is assigned to monitor this Contract.
Contractor
By:
Title
- 13 -
U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned, , the duly authorized and acting legal
representative of , do hereby certify as follows:
I have examined the attached Contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of execution thereof, and I
am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties
thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power
and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the
foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same
in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof.
Date:
- 14 -
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
INSTRUCTIONS
This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 CFR 12319-25). The implementing
rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed
subcontractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the Contract whether they
have participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause; and,
if so, whether they have filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions.
Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not filed a compliance report due under applicable
instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report within seven calendar days
after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such report is submitted.
CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER
Bidder's Name:
Address and Zip Code:
1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity
Clause.
Yee1 I Not I (If answer is yes, identify the most recent contract.)
2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract.
Yes II No I I
3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF-100.
Yes ! I No II
4. If answer to item 3 is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification.
Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signature
Name and Title of Signer (Please Type)
- 15 -
Date
PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN
11/e
1 1/4"
City o .Fort WorthIT 9
I
11 /4 w
pry r�
Epject Title
4-
1 V:l
1/2
T
114
.! 3/4"
v
1-
Iw
IM
i/4 � I11
11/!
I In- -
Updamm WWITI I M ur SACXWtOUN0 W/ MNITE LETTtRO )
LZTTV%*QvGM OI FORT W=TM-000KMAN Kul nXX
PRa9C7 T Z ,CONTRACTOR 0 DATE IN H901TICA
OTHER LETTERS IN NELVETICA
Contractor:
Contractors Name
',FUNDED BY
1986 -88 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS
-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM
Scheduled Completion Date
Year
r
BOB BOLEN
MAYOR
PROJECT MANUAL
for
RENOVATION & REPAIR OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
CITY OF FORT WORTH
PHASE I
FEBRUARY 29, 1988
DOUGLAS HARMAN
CITY MANAGER
GARY L. SANTERRE, P.E.
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR
OF
�.�A..........
rF hh
HAROID C. ADAMS
j 3o9ti % q . 8'S
Drawings intended to illustrate demolition and
selected reconstruction requirements.
Pinnacle Consultants, Inc. and Darrow McSpedden
Sellars, Inc. limit of responsibilities pertain
to noted demolition procedures and selected re-
construction only and not to the original contract
documents prepared by Ralph G. Martinez & Victor M.
Garcia - Architects, Charles Gojer & Associates -
Structural Engineers, and A. J. Gonzalez & H. Ben
Schmid = Mechanical & Electrical Engineers.
Renovation & Repair of the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
•,, City of Fort Worth
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
Notice to Bidders
NTB-1
Instructions to Bidders
IB-1-2
Special Instructions to Bidders
SIB-1-3
00220 Soil Investigation Data
00220-1-6
Proposal Form
P-1-2
Vendor Compliance to State Law
VC-1
List of Proposed Subcontractors
PL-1-3
City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Policy
16 pages
City of Fort Worth, Texas Construction Contract
C-1-15
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
GC-1-38
Independent Testing Laboratory Services
ITLS-1-9
Project Designation Signs
1-3
City of Fort Worth Approved Standard Wage Rates Building
Construction Rates
3 pages
City of Fort Worth, Texas Prevailing Wage Rates for Streets,
Drainage and Utility Construction
2 pages
Weather Table
i4
WT-1
A
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ~
01010 Summary of Work
O 1010-1-3
01030 Alternatives
01030-1
01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
01340-1-3
01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
01500-1-3
01630 Product Options and Substitutions
01630-1-2
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
02070 Selective Demolition
02070-1-2
02200 Excavating, Filling,*and Grading
02200-1-3
02370 Cast -in -place Concrete Piers
02370-1-2
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300 Concrete Work
03300-1-9
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
None in this project.
DIVISION 5 - METALS
None in this project.
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
None in this project.
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
None in this project.
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
None in this project.
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
None in this project.
TC - I
Renovation & Repair of the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
None in this project.
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
None in this project.
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
None in this project.
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
None in this project.
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
None in this project.
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Division
15 - Mechanical Notice
15-1
15010
General Provisions for Mechanical -Electrical Work
15010-1-14
15250
Insulation
15250-1-2
15401
Water Supply System
15401- 1-4
15405
Sanitary Drainage System
15405-1-3
15406
Storm Water System
15406- 1-2
15450
Plumbing Fixtures
15450-1-4
15500
Gas Piping System
15500-1-2
15650
Air Conditioning Equipment
15650-1-6
15840
Sheetmetal Work and Accessories
15840-1-5
15900
Temperature Controls
15900-1
15990
Cleaning and Testing
15990- 1-3
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Division
16 - Electrical Notice
16-1
16110
Raceways and Fittings
161 10-1-4
16130
Conductors
16130-1-2
16220
Underground Electrical Services
16220-1-2
16250
Grounding Systems
16250-1-2
16300
Electrical Distribution System
16300-1-4
16400
Lighting Fixtures
16400-1-2
16500
Communications Systems Rough -in
16500-1
16725
Manual Fire Alarm System
16725-1-3
TC - 2
r
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposals for Renovation & Repair of the Southside Multi -Purpose
Center, Phase I, for the City of Fort Worth, Texas, addressed to Mr.
Douglas Harman, City Manager, of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be
received at the office of the City Manager until 11:00 A.M., March 24,
1988 and then publicly opened and read aloud.
Contract Documents, Drawings, Specifications and Bid Documents for this
project may be obtained at the Office of the Transportation and Public
Works Director, 1000'Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Office
Building, Fort Worth; Texas, 76102. A One Hundred Dollar ($100.00)
deposit is required for each set of plans and specifications which will
be refunded when plans and specifications are returned in good condition.
The City of -Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority and
women owned business enterprises in city contracts. Compliance with the
policies designed to meet these goals is mandatory in order to be con-
sidered,.responsive bidders.
All bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5169a of "Vernon's
Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to'the pay-
ment of the prevailing wage rates, the City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort
Worth City Code, Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrim-
ination in employment practices.
The City intends to construct this project using McCord Construction Inc.
as Construction Managers and all Bidders will be regarded as Prime Con-
tractors. The Scope of Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials,
equipment and services for each of the portions of the project as sche-
duled below, to wit:
Bid Package 1: Security Construction Fence
Bid Package 2: Temporary Security Services
Bid Package 3: Demolition
Bid Package 4: Concrete Work, Trenching and Drilled Piers
Bid Package 5: Demolition and Reconstruction, Mechanical
Bid Package 6: Demolition and Reconstruction, Plumbing
Bid Package 7: Demolition and Reconstruction, Electrical, Temporary
Light and Power, Temporary Telephone Service
Bid Package 8: Project Sign , Bulletin Board
Bid Package 9: Temporary Toilets
Bid Package 10: Drilled Shafts and Piers
Bid Package 11: Testing
A Pre -Bid Conference will be field at 10:00 A.M. , March 16, 1988 in the
Activity Room of the 5outfiside Multi -Purpose Center. All bidders are
encouraged to attend the Pre -bid conference. The only scheduled site
visitation will occur immediately following the conference.
The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive
any/and all formalities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration
of forty-five days from the date bids are Opened.
Douglas Harman
City Manager
Ruth Howard
City Secretary
16
SPECIAL
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable
to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5) per
cent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany
the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder
fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the
contract has been awarded. The Bid Security shall be enclosed in a
separate envelope marked "BID SECURITY" and attached to the outside of
the envelope containing the bid proposal. Failure to submit the Bid
Security will result in the proposal not being opened or considered
for this project.
2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The Contractor will be required to
make a payment bond and a performance bond of not less than one
hundred (100%) per cent of the contract price, conditioned upon the
faithful performance of the contract and upon payment of all persons
supplying the labor or furnishing the materials used on this project.
3. BOND SURETY: No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at
the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested
in any litigation against the owner. A11 bonds shall be made on the
forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved
surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and
which is acceptable to the owner. In order to be acceptable, the name
of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of
acceptable sureties, and the amount of the bond written by any one
acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury
list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both
the Contractor and Surety Company.
4. PRE -BID SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a bid, the bidder shall
examine the site of the work and the details of the requirements set
out in these specifications to satisfy himself as to the conditions
which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and
quantity of the work to be performed and materials and equipment
required. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered
evidence that he has complied with these requirements.
5. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating
prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most
advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the
proposal.
6. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates established by
the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and set forth in Contract Documents
must be paid on this project.
7. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be
required by the Transportation and Public Works Director if required
for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful
bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an
Independent Certified Public Accountant or Independent Public
Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State
Licensing Agency.
SIB-1
8. EXPERIENCE RECORD: Following opening of bids and determination of the
apparent low bid, the successful low bidder may be required to submit
a current experience record to the Transportation and Public Works
Director in order to determine bidder qualifications for performing
specified work.
9. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA: Should a bidder find any discrepancies in
the drawings and specifications, or should he be in doubt as to their
meaning, he shall notify the City at once, who will then send a
written addendum to all Bidders concerned. Oral instructions or
decisions, unless confirmed by addenda will not be considered valid,
legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of
the contractor to include work called for in the addenda on his bid.
10. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for liquidated damages shall be set
according to the latest revision to the City of Fort Worth Standard
Specifications for Construction, Specification Item 8.6 as shown below
and will be reflected on page C-2 of these contract documents when
this contract is executed.
Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages Per Day
$ 15,000
or
less
$ 45
$ 15,001
to
$ 25,000
$ 63
$ 25,001
to
$ 50,000
$105
$ 50,001
to
$ 100,000
$154
$ 100,001
to
$ 500,000
$210
$ 500,001
to
$ 1,000,000
$315
$ 1,000,001
to
$ 2,000,000
$420
$ 2,000,001
to
$ 5,000,000
$630
$ 5,000,001
to
$10,000,000
$840
Over
$101,000,000
$980
11. LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: The bidder shall complete the form
marked "LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS" and submit it with his bid
proposal to permit the City of Fort Worth to more fully evaluate bid
proposals prior to awarding the contract. Failure to include the LIST
OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS in the bid proposal package may result in
disqualification of the submitted bid.
12. LIST OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT ITEMS: If the project plans and
specifications include a requirement for new or replacement equipment,
the bidder shall complete the form marked "LIST OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT
ITEMS" and submit it with his bid proposal. Equipment items listed
will be evaluated as to their qualification as an "or equal" item to
the specified equipment items prior to awarding the contract. Failure
to include the required LIST OF PROPOSED EQUIPMENT ITEMS in the bid
proposal package may result in disqualification of the submitted bid.
13. CONTRACT BROKERING - It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth to
award a contract for the construction services required under the
terms of these contract documents to a contractor who employs skilled
craftsmen and laborers for a substantial portion of the specified
work. Therefore as part of the bid review process, the City of Fort
SIB-2
Worth reserves the right to request the bidders to submit data which
will substantiate that at least 25% of the work specified in the
contract documents will be performed directly by the bidder's
employees and not by subcontract. Failure of the bidder to meet this
requirement may result in rejection of his bid, without prejudice,
regardless of order of bid.
14. MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY: The City will consider the
contractor's performance regarding its MBE program in the evaluation
of bids. Failure to comply with the City's MBE program, or to
demonstrate a "good faith effort", may result in a bid being
considered non -responsive to specifications. The lowest responsive
bidder meeting the MBE/WBE requirements and bid specifications will be
awarded the bid.
15. RIGHT TO AUDIT:
(A) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of
three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access
to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents,
papers and records of the contractor involving transactions relating
to this contract.
(B) Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts
hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that
the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine
any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such
subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract. The term
"subcontract" as used herein includes purchase orders.
SIB-3
11
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
DOCUMENT 00220 - SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Soil investigation report has been prepared by Southwestern Labora-
tories, referred to as the soils engineer.
B. A copy of the locations and log of borings is bound herein. A copy
of the complete report may be inspected at the office of the Engineer.
C. This report was obtained only for use by Engineer in design of the
original project and is not a part of the contract documents.
D. Report and log of borings are made available for Contractor's infor-
mation, but are not a warranty of subsurface conditions.
E. Additional Investigation: Contractor should visit the site and
.acquaint himself with the site conditions.
00220 - I
1.
SOUTHWESTERN LA80RATORIES
ROSEDALE STREET
471 _f
—'Ij BOR ING
__ _ n - I21
0010JEC7„'T" PROPOSED ADDITION
BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM 51f `OCAtIO» FORT WORTH, TEXAS
SWL 88 - 109 1 NO SCALE: I DATE: 2 / 4 / 88 ( DRAWN BY: CO
A-2 1.
SWL Report No. 88-109 LOG OF BORING
PROJECT: Southside Multi -Purpose Center BORING NO.: 1
CLIENT: City of Ft. Worth - Dept. of Transportation LOCATION: Ft. Worth, Texas
DATE: 2-2-88 TYPE: Core CASED TO: GROUND ELEVATION:
= W
a�
WO
P
= E
n
e
=
a
N
z
_ "
o N
z�-_ 3
a W 0
Cn Z m
W
W
a
0
Z
i
LEGEND:
SAMPLE
X STANDARD PENETRATION
WATER
WATER INFORMATION
No seepage encountered
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
Brownish tan clay (fill)
Tan clay w/limy pebbles
5
Tan shaley clay w/tan calcareous seams
10
Dark tan shaley clay w/limy fragments
15
Gray shale
20
Boring Terminated at 20'
25
30
35
40
45
50
SOUTHWESTERN LABORATORIES
A-3
SWL Report 88-109 LOG OF BORING
PROJECT: BORING NO.: 2
Southside Multi -Purpose Center
CLIENT: City of Ft. Worth - Dept. of Transportation LOCATION Ft. Worth, Texas
DATE: �_�_ TYPE: Core CASED TO: GROUND ELEVATION:
?
=w
�W
a U.
w0
0.
-o
°C n
c
=
w
a.
g
Q
v�
Z
00
M�-
0M <n
ZF_ 3
a w 0
NZm
a
`
_
Z
a
0
z
=
LEGEND:
■ SAMPLE
X STANDARD PENETRATION
7 WATER
WATER INFORMATION
No water encountered during drilling
No water in hole after 3.3 hrs.
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
Brown clay (fill)
Tan clay w/limy pebbles
5
Tan and gray shaley clay w/calcareous seams
10
Dark tan shaley clay
IS
Tan limestone
20
,
Gray shale (gray limestone on bottom)
Boring Terminated at 20'
25
30
35
40
45
50
SOUTHWESTERN LABORATORIES
A-4
SWL Report No. 88-109 LOG OF BORING
PROJECT: Southside Multi -Purpose Center BORING NO.: 4
CLIENT: City of Ft. Worth - Dept. of Transportation LOCATIONFt. Worth, Texas
DATE: 2-2-88 TYPE: Core CASED TO: GROUND ELEVATION:
_
= W
a U.
W
J
W
N
W
a.
to
Z _
c p
�F-`
o ¢ N
W Z W 3O
Z
Ha m
,,:
=
W
CL
Z
=
LEGEND
■ SAMPLE
X STANDARD PENETRATION
-
WATER
WATER INFORMATION
No water encountered during
drilling; No water after 1.1 hours
DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM
2" asphalt in brown clay (fill)
Tan clay w/limy pebbles
5
Dark tan shaley clay
10
IS
Gray shale
ZO
Boring Terminated at 20'
25
30
35
40
45
50
SOUTHWESTERN LABORATORIES
A-6
PROPOSAL
TO: MR. DOUGLAS HARMAN
CITY MANAGER
CITY OF FORT WORTH
FOR: RENOVATION & REPAIR (PAHSE I) OF THE
SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER
959 E. ROSEDALE STREET
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders", the undersigned has
thoroughly examined the plans, specifications, and the site; understands
the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and
furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to fully complete all
the work as provided in the plans and specifications, subject to the
inspection and approval of the Transportation and Public Works Director of
the City of Fort Worth.
Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound
to execute a contract and if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00,
furnish Performance and Payment Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth
for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for
the following sum, to wit:
Bid Package #5: Demolition and reconstruction, mechanical
01010, 02070, and division 15 for a total
dollars ($A1.0 ;�).
per section
of
Alternate #1: Demolition of existing ductwork from AHU #6 and pro-
viding new ductwork for AHU #6 for a total of �hoo�d ud
dollars ($
Combination Bid: Combination bid for the demolition and greconstruction
of HVAC and plumbing for a total of
)i.drJ dollars ($_�i( -
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any
combination thereof proposed for the above work.
The undersigned agrees to complete all work covered by these documents
within calendar days from and after the date for commencing work as
establish�ce in the Progress Schedule and coordinated by the Contract
Manager for the Project, and to pay not less than the Prevailing Wage Rates
as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas.
The undersigned further agrees that, from the compensation otherwise to be
paid, the Owner may retain an amount equal to the schedule listed in
paragraph 9, page SIB-2 of the SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS in the
specifications based upon the contract amount for each calendar day after
the date established for substantial completion of the work by the Contract
Manager in said Progress Schedule, which sum is agreed upon as the proper
measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain per diem by the
failure of the undersigned to achieve substantial completion of the work on
or before the date stipulated. This sum is not to be construed in any sense
as a penalty.
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption
pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales,
Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent, or lease all
materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this
contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the
tax, said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller's Ruling
#95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu
of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's
ruling #95-0.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment
and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency
in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned
are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance
7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13A-21
through 13A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices.
Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the
undersigned will execute the formal contract. If the contract amount
exceeds $25,000.00, the undersigned also agrees to deliver approved Surety
Bonds for the faithful performance of this contract. The attached Bid,
Bond, or Cashier's check in the sum of 5 �� dollars ($ --- )
is to become the property of the City of Fort or� th, Texas, in t e event
the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth as
liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby.
Respectfully submitted,
N 2P
offix, M—NIM: K
--
Seal Date:
LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
INSTRUCTION: Indicate the name, address and telephone number for each
applicable subcontractor proposed to be used on this project.
SITEWORK:
EXCAVATION:
PIERS:
FOUNDATION:
LANDSCAPING:
CONCRETE MATERIALS:
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE:
PRECAST CONCRETE:
UNIT MASONRY:
STRUCTURAL METAL:
STRUCTURAL WOOD:
ROOFING:
BUILDING INSULATION:
DOORS:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone -
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
PL-1
WINDOWS:
Telephone:
CABINETRY/MILLWORK:
WALLBOARD:
CEILINGS;
ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT:
PIASTER:
PAINTING:
FLOOR TREATMENT:
CARPET:
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT:
CONVEYING SYSTEMS:
HEATING -AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION:
PLUMBING:
ELECTRICAL:
ALARM SYSTEMS:
Telephone:
Telephone -
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone -
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Telephone:
PL-2
LIST OF PROPOSED FQDIPMENT ITEMS
T'
r r
Instruction: Complete the iniv=ation irar each item of =iquipment liateA
below: �r�t
Equipment Specification Proposed Wanufacturer
Item Reference Manufacturer Model Number
2.
3_
4_
3e
n8.
7 .
10.
11.
12_
13. -...
1.4.
15.
15.
17.
19_
2n_
3
**NOT APPLICAMLE TO MS PHASE.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY
SECTION I:
POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to involve Minority Business Enterprises
(MBEs) and Women -Owned Business Enterprises (WBEs) in all phases of its procurement
practices and to provide them equal opportunities to compete for contracts for
construction, professional services, purchases of equipment and supplies, and
provision of other services required by the City.
The City will provide assistance, when requested, to MBEs by providing information
on bid specifications, compliance with procurement policy and fulfillment of
general bid requirements. In addition, the City will provide information on
job performance requirements, procurement opportunities and prerequisites for
bidding City contracts.
The City:.will encourage joint ventures among MBEs and WBEs and between majority
and minority firms bidding for City contracts. The City will seek and use its
best efforts to insure that MBEs and WBEs are informed of current and future
procurement activities through direct contact, coordination with assistance
organizations and placing certified MBEs and WBEs on the City's bid list.
MBE AND WBE GOALS
The City's goals are 120/0' of the dollar value of contracts for MBEs and 3p for
WBEs. On City contracts of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to meet the
established minimum goals, or upon failure to meet either the MBE and/or W$-
goals, provide documentation of their "Good Faith Efforts". If the contract
amount is less than �25,000, the bidder is not required to meet the MBE and WEEK
goals.
Unless otherwise specified in writing, only the first tier or
subcontractors/suppliers paid directly by the prime will be counted toward meeting
the City's MBE" and WBE goals.
DEFINITION OF MBE AND WBE
A minority business enterprise (MBE) means a business concern which (a) is a,
least fifty-one percent owned by one or more minority individual(s) or, in the
case of any publicly owned business at least fifty-one percent of the stock which
is owned by one or more of the minority individual(s) and (b) whose manaoement
and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the minority
individual(s) who own it. Minority individuals means those individuals who are
citizens of the U.S. or legal residents and are members of one of the following
groups: Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, American Indians, Asian -Pacific
Americans, and Asian -Indian -Americans.
Women -Owned business (WBE) means a business concern which follows the same
guidelines as a "minority business", but is women -owned.
` Rev. 01/.7/S7
SECTION II:
COMPLIANCE AT THE TIME OF BID OPENING
The City will consider the bidders performance regarding its MBE and WBE
participation in the evaluation of bids. Failure to comply with the City's MBE
and WBE requirements or to demonstrate a "Good Faith Effort", will result in
a bid being considered non -responsive to specifications. The lowest responsive
bidder meeting the MBE and WBE requirements and bid specifications will be awarded
the bid.
Bidders can comply with the program in one of three ways. Find the one that
applies to you and fpllow its instructions.
1. ENTIRE CONTRACT SUPPLIED BY MBE OR WBE
If you are certified by the City of Fort Worth, a MBE (WBE) must meet the
City's WBE (MBE) goal or provide "Good Faith Effort" documentation if WBE
(MBE) participation is less than the stated goal. You must then complete
the Compliance Statement (Attachment IA), Attachment 1B and/or Attachment
1Ce if appropriate and return them with your bid.
If you' are not certified by the City of Fort Worth, please contact the City's
MBE Office at (817) 870-6104 to obtain a Certification Form (Schedule A).
2. CONTRACT IS SUPPLIED WITH MBE AND WBE PARTICIPATION
If you will joint venture with an MBE and/or WBE, complete a Joint Venture
Form (Schedule B) and Attachment 1B, sign the Compliance Statement (Attac•hment
1A) and return all three with your bid.
If your MBE and WBE participation is in an amount that equals to or surpasses
the City's goals of 12% for MBEs and 3% for WBEs, complete Attachment 1B,
sign the Compliance Statement (Attachment IA) and return both with your
bid.
If either the MBE or WBE participation percentage is less than the City's
stated goals, you must complete Attachment 1C to shoi, the "Good Faith Efforts"
you made to meet the City's goals. You should complete Attachment 1B to
show the MBE and WBE participation you will have, sion the Compliance
Statement (Attachment 1A) and return all with your bid.
NOTE: All MBEs and WBEs must be certified or in the process of being
certified by the City of Fort Worth at the time of bid opening. An ME
and WBE not already certified may contact the City's MBE Office at (817)
870-6104 to obtain a Certification Form.
3. CONTRACT SUPPLIED WITHOUT MBE AND WBE PARTICIPATION
A bidder that has failed to include any MBE or WBE participation may be
awarded the contract upon the City's determination that the efforts the
bidder made to meet the goals were "Good Faith Efforts". The City must
determine that the bidder's efforts were those that, given all relevant
circumstances, a bidder actively seeking to meet the coals would make.
Rev.
3
3. continued . . .
Siqn the Compliance Statement (Attachment IA), complete Attachment 1C and
provide any additional documentation that will substantiate your "Good Faith
Efforts". Return all forms and information with your bid.
SECTION III:
MBE AND KBE ASSISTANCE ORGANIZATIONS
A list of MBE and WBE businesses that have been certified by the City of For.
Worth will be provided to you upon request. Additionally if there are questions
regarding the interpretation of the City's MBE Policy, please contact the City's
MBE Office at:
A
City of Fort Worth
MBE Office
1000 Throckmorton
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 870-6104
The following agencies can provide assistance in identifying potential MB- and
WBE firms to meet your goals:
Fort Worth Economic
Development Corporations
2914 E. Rosedale, Ste. 204
Fort Worth, Texas 76105
(817) 535-2167
Minority Procurement Program
2315 North Main Street, Ste 300
Fort Worth, Texas 76106
(817) 625-4331
Rev. 01/27/87
Attachment 1A
MBE AND WEE
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
.ne undersigned bidder hereby certifies that they will comply with the MB- and
WEE policy, at the time of bid opening, in the following manner:
(check one)
1, ENTIRE CONTRACT SUPPLIED BY MBE OR WEE
Check the appropriate statement
Certified by the City of Fort Worth
In the process of being certified by the City of Fort Worth
WEE (MBE) participation, Attachment 1B completed
WEE (MBE) participation less than City's goal, Attachment 1C
completed.
2. CONTRACT SUPPLIED WITH MBE AND/OR WEE PARTICIPATION
If MBE and WEE participation meet or exceed the City's goals,
in both groups, complete Attachment 1B.
If MBE or WEE participation is less than the City's goals, in
either group, you must complete Attachment 1B and Attachment 1C
. CONTRACT SUPPLIED WITHOUT MBE OR WEE PARTICIPATION
Complete the Good Faith Effort Documentation Form
(Attachment 1C)
Name of Company �
I
title
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete
and accurate information regarding actual work performed by the MB- or 1,'B7- on
the contract, the payment therefor and any proposed chances to the oricinal MBE
or 'WBE arrangements submitted with this bid/proposal. The bidder also agrees
to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, and files held by
their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or
WBE on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any
material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating the contract and for
�tiating action under Federal; State or Local laws concerning false statements.
(All MBEs/WBEs must be certified by the City before contract award)
Rev. 01/=-/ � Si
CITY OF RT WORTH
SCHEDULE OF DBE/9BE UTILIZATION
NAME OF PRIME CONI-RACIOR
R
Date of Report
Bid Number
COMPANY NAME,
ADDRESS AND
PHONE NUMBER
NAME OF
PERSON'
CONTACTED
SCOPE OF
WORK TO BE
PERFORMED
DOLLAR
AMOUNT
OF WORK
HOE
OR
WBE
CERTIFIED
BY CITY
the undersigned will enter into a formal agreement wiLh Minority/Women Contractors for work listed in this schedule
conditioned upon execution of a contract wiLh the City of Fort Worth.
DATE:
SIGNATURE:
TITLE:
Rev. 01/27/97
A tacnment IC
Page I of 4
"GOOD FAITH EFFORT" DOCUMENTw,.,jH FORM
If you have failed to secure MBE and WBE firms or if your MBE and WBE participation
, less than the City's goals, you must complete this form. Failure to complete
the required MBE and WBE participation forms is grounds for rejection of the
bid.
1. Did you obtain a list of MBE and WBE firms from the City's MBE Office?
Yes_ No
2. Did you contact any of the organizations that are available to assist
MBEs and WBEs?
Yes No�_ If yes, list them:
3. During your evaluation of this bid, did you identify any subcontracting/
supplier opportunities?
Yes l No
If yes, list the subcontracting/supplier opportunities:
,5�ee,� rA *
v �aA,'l nr/
If no, please explain in detail.
4. Did you send written notice to MBE and WBE firms soliciting their bids
on this, project.
Yes No If yes, attach copy(s). 61ee
5. Did you solicit bids from MBE and WBE firms by telephone?
Yes No 4 If yes, list firms on page 3-of this form.
6. If you propose to perform the entire contract without subcontractors or
suppliers, please provide a detailed explanation below that proves, based
on the size and scope of the project,.this is your normal business practice.
Rey. Qli-i/Si
4
q:tacnment 1C
Page, 2 of 4
7. Please provide any additional information you feel will further explain
your good faith efforts to solicit bids from MBEs and WBEs on this project.
A
Rev. 01/=7!C7
� P-u ue useu when answering question 5 from 1'-- preceeding page.
'
COMPAk„ NAME, NAME. OF PERSON TYPE OF WORK
AUDRESS AND TEL
CONTACTED PERFORMED MBE/ REASON FOR NOT
-F NBE SUBCONTRACTING
Rev. 01/27/87
Attachment 1C
Page 4 of 4
The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the MBE(s) and WBE(s)
listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that the MBE(s) and
WBE(s) on the attached list will be contacted and the reasons for not using them
will be verified by the City's MBE Office.
The misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification
and may result in a bidder being classified as an irresponsible bidder and being
barred from City of Fort Worth work for a period of not less than six months.
W.
Title
Rev. 0112%'187
UH SkiHi Enterprises, Inc. -
MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS
4113 Clay Ave • P.O. Box 14809 • Fort Worth, Texas 76117
March 16, 1988
817/485.7277
I
Attention:
Reference: Upcoming Projects
To Whom It May Concern:
Below is a list of our bid schedule. We would
appreciate
your, bid on the following projects.
SOUTHSIDE RECREATION CENTER
Bid Date: March 24, 1988 @ 11:00 A.M.
Estimator: Richard Skipper
PASCHAL HIGH SCHOOL -A/C REVISIONS
Bid Date: March 29, 1988 @ 2:00 P.M.
Estimator: Coy Skipper
TRIMBLE TECH HIGH SCHOOL -A/C REVISIONS
Bid Date: March 30, 1988 @ 2:00 P.M.
Estimator: Coy Skipper
EASTERN HILLS HIGH SCHOOL -A/C REVISIONS
,Bid Date: March 31, 1988 @ 2:00 P.M.
Estimator: Coy Skipper
INSTALL 10.00-TON CHILLER -CONVENTION CENTER
Bid Date: March 31, 1988 @ 10:30 A.M.
Estimator: Richard Skipper
Please submit your quo.tation in writing ley 5:00
P.M. the
day before bid or 3 hours before bid time for phone-ins.
If further information is requested please don't
hesitate
to call. We hope to'be hearing from you in the
near future.
Very truly yours,
`� P
64�k o
Richard Skipper
President
RS. ds
Ajax Roofing & Remoldeling
820 W. Shady Grove Road
Irving, TX 75015-0965
Carter Flores
214/254-0919
Alco Construction Designers
3607 E. Rosedale St.
Fort Worth, Texas 76105
Albert Smith
817/534-2411
Alfred & Sons Construction
2005 Stacey Ct.
Arlington, Texas 76013
Alfred Vaituulala
817/274-1584
All American Enterprises
301 Eubank SE
Albuquerque, NM 87123
Arnold Buzzard
505/298-8686
Alvarado Paint
P.O. Box 161213
Fort Worth, Texas 76161
Fred Alvarado
817/232-4877
Andrea Steel Service, Inc.
2733 Laurel Oaks Dr.
Garland, Texas 75042
Anthony Dorai
214/530-1972
Bazan Roofing
2312 Hanna
Fort Worth, Texas 76106
Jorge L. Bazan
817/625-2077
Bell Remodeling Construction
2350 Clearview Dr.
Fort Worth, Texas 76119
Alfred Bell
817/536-4490
Circle Electric, Inc.
449 Broadway
Everett, MA 02149
Wilbert Ellis
617/389-7851
Craftsman, Inc.
3115 N. Erie Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76112-7034
Joe Breedlove
817/457-7907
DeLaTorre Sheet Metal
9110 Premier Rd
Dallas, Texas 75247
David DeLaTorre
214/630-2802
Double Eage Electric
504 W. Coffin St.
Denison, Texas 75020
Steve Factor
Edwards Painting Contractor
3820 Preston Dr.
Fort Worth, Texas 76119
Eddie Edwards
817 /535-3494
Empire Roofing, Inc.
5033 Mosson
Fort Worth, Texas 76119
Ronnie McGlothin
817/572-2250
Fort Worth Sign & Supply
4512 Hemphill
Fort Worth, Texas 76115
Rose Mary Yocum
817/927-5521
Freeman Electric Lighting
6625 Jacksboro Hwy
Fort Worth, Texas 76135
S .K. Freeman
817/237-7226
Haggerty Electrical
2508 Vogt Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76105
Nathaniel Haggerty
817/536-6666
Harrill Electric Inc.
P.O. Box 271127
Dallas, Texas-, 75227
Randy Harrill
214/288-9800
Holland Electric
4759 Ramey Ave.
Fort Worth, Texas
T.C. Holland
817 /5 36-45 89
Hubbard Electric
3200 Curtis, Suite
Fort Worth, Texas
David Hubbard
817/244-2367
Maranatha Electric Co.
4805 Hillside Ave.
76105 Fort Worth, Texas 76119
Thurman Watson
817 /5,36-6425
Newman Electrical Contr
110 420 Lillard, Suite 102
76116 Arlingotn, Texas 76094-0533
Frances Newman
817/261-1329
Hunt Mechanical Contracting
1117 Colorado Lane
Arlington, Texas 76015
Charlene Bowe
817/277-7401
Jordan Manufacturing
4205 Garland
Fort Worth, Texas 76117.
Mary Lou Jordan
817/498-3450
Keman Lim Electric Co.
2110 "K" Street
Sacramento, CA 95816
Keman Lim
916/441-3173
Lester Electric
6621 Anglin Drive
Fort Worth, Texas
McRee Lester
817/831-8226
Newton Roofing
P.O. Box 32067
Dallas, Texas 75224
Jesse Newton
214/941-3106
Ramirez Electric
1708 Bryan
Fort Worth, Texas 76110
Sam Ramirez
817/923-7081
Right Way Construction
5416 Bandy Ave.
Fort Worth, Texas 76134
Harold Criss
817/551-6463
S&J Electrical Service
P.O. Box 12472
76140 Fort Worth, Texas 76116
Edith Stanfield
817/3,60-0000
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
INSTRUCTIONS
This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 CFR 12319-25). The implementing
rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed
subcontractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the Contract whether they
have participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause; and,
if so, whether they have filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions.
Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not filed a compliance report due under applicable
instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report within seven calendar days
after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such report is submitted.
(� CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER
Bidder's Name: 2�f T,� jy r./i� ( t E4 I t!(
Address and Zip Code: P� A4 Vf
1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity
Clause.
Yes ( No I (If answer is yes, identify the most recent contract.)
2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract.
Yes ( I No I I
3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF-100.
Yes I No I I
4. If answer to item 3 is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification.
Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Name and Title of Signer (Please Type)
Signature Date
- 15 -
MBE/WBE CERTIFICATION FORMS
SCHEDULE.A (certification form)
SCHEDULE B (joint venture form)
MBE-7
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
CERTIFICATION FORM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Name of Firm
Address
City
State Zip
Phone Number
Legal Structure:
Sole Proprietorship
Partnerships
Joint Venture
Corporation:
(Please forward:
a. Article of Incorporation
b. Corporation Income Tax
C. Initial and Most Recent Board
of Directors Meeting Minutes
Other, Specify
Nature of Business
Number of Years in Business
Ownership: Identify those who own 5% of more. Columns
e and f need
to be filled out only if the firm
is less than
100 percent minority owned.
(a) (b)
(c) (d) (e)
(f)
Years of Ownership
Voting
Name Race
Sex Ownership Percentage
Percentage
With firms less than
100 percent minority owned, list
the con-
tributions of money, equipment, real estate or expertise
of each of
the owners:
Name Money Equipment Real Estate
Expertise
8. CONTROL OF FIRMS: Identify by name, race, sex, and title in the firm
those individuals (including owners and non -owners) who are respon-
sible for day-to-day management and policy decision -making, including,
but -not limited to, those with prime responsibility for:
Name Race Sex Title
Financial Decisions
Management Decisions, _
such as estimating,
marketing/sales, hiring/
firing of management per-
sonnel, and purchase of
major items/supplies.
Supervision of Field
Operations
UVr_R
SCHEDULE A
PACE 2 of 3
Tor each of those listed in Question 8, attach a summary of the
person's experience and number of years with the firm, indicating the
person's qualifications for the responsibilities given him or her.
10. fescTibe or attach a ropy of any stock options or other ownership
options that are outstanding and any agreements between owners or
between owners and third parties which restrict ownership or Control
of minority owners.
11. Identify any owner (see Item 7), or management official (see Item 8)
of the named firm who is or has been an employee of another firm that
has an ownership interest in or a present business relationship with
the named. firm. Present business include shared space, equipment,
financing or employees, as well as both firms raving some of the same
owners.
12. That were the gross -receipts of the firm for each of the last three
years?
Yea-r Ending S
Year Ending S
Year Ending S
13. Are you authorized to do business in the state as wen as locally?
Ye s so
Licenses Meld:
14. Indicate if this firm or other firm with any of tim same officers,
have previously received or been denied certification or participation
as an MB£/WBE and describe the circumstances.
a. dame of Previous Certifying Authority
Date of Previous Certification (or Denial)
MBE-9
4
SCHEDULE A
Page 3 of 3
AFFIDAVIT
CERTIFICATION OF ELIGIBILITY
"The undersigned swears that the foregoing statements are true
and correct and include all material information necessary to identify
and explain the operations of as well as
Name of Firm
the ownership thereof. Further, the undersigned agrees to provide
through the prime contractor or, if no prime contractor, directly to
the City, complete and accurate information regarding actual work
performed on the project, the payment therefor and any proposed
changes, if any, of the foregoing arrangements and to permit the audit
and examination of books, records and files of the named firm. Any
material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any
,contract which may be awarded and for initiating action under Federal
or State laws concerning false statement."
NOTE: If, after filing this Schedule A and before the work
of this firm is completed on the contract covered by this
regulation, there is any significant change in the in-
formation submitted, you must inform the City of Fort Worth
of the change through the prime contractor or, if no prime
contractor, inform the City directly.
Signature
Name (print)
Title
Date
Corporate Seal (where appropriate)
Date
State of
County of
On this day of , 19 , before me
appeared to me personally known, who
being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state
that he/she was properly authorized by
Name of Firm
to execute the affidavit and did so as his/her free act and deed.
Notary Public My Commission Expires
MBE-10
SCHEDULE B
Page 1 of 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
JOINT VENTURE ELIGIBILITY
(This form need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are minority
owned . )
1. Name of Joint Venture
2. Address
3. Phone Number
4. Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The MBE partner
must complete Schedule A.)
(a) Describe the role of the MBE firm in the joint venture.
(b) Describe very briefly the experience and business qualifications
of each non -MBE joint venture.
5. Nature of the joint venture's business
6. Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement.
MBE-11
SCHEDULE B
Page 2 of 3
7. What is the claimed percentage of MBE ownership?
8. Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if described
In the joint venture agreement, provided by question 6.)
(a) Profit and loss sharing.
(b) Capital contributions, including equipment.
(c) Other applicable ownership interests.
9. Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by name, race,
sex, and "firm" those individuals (and their titles) who are
responsible for day -today management and policy decision making,
including, but not limited to, those with prime responsibility for:
(a) Financial decisions
(b) Management decisions, such as:
(1) Estimating
(2) Marketing and sales
(3) Hiring/Firing of management personnel
(4) Purchasing of major items/supplies
(S) Supervision of field operations
Note: If, after filing this Schedule B and before the completion of the
joint venture's work on the contract covered by this regulation,
there is any significant change in the information submitted, the
joint venture must inform the city, either directly or through the
prime contractor if the joint venture is a subcontractor.
MBE-12
AFFIDAVIT Page 3 of 3
JOINT VENTURE
"The undersigned swear that the foregoing statements are correct and includes all
material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our
joint venture and the intended participation by each joint venture in the under-
taking. Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to the City current,
complete and accurate information regarding actual joint venture work and the payment
therefor and any proposed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to
permit the audit and examination of the books, records and files of the joint
venture, by authorized representative of the City or the Federal funding agency. Any
material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be
awarded and for initiating action under Federal or State law concerning false state-
ments."
Name of Firm Name of Firm
Signature Signature
Name Name
Title Title
Date
Date
State Of
County Of
Date
On this day , 19 , before me appeared
, to me personally known, who, being duly sworn, did
execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he/she was properly authorized by
his/her free act and deed. (firm) to execute the affidavit and did so as
(Seal)
Date
State of
County of
Notary Public
Commission Expires
On this day , before me appeared
, to me personally known, who, being duly sworn, did
execute the foregoing affidavit, and did state that he/she properly authorized by
to execute the affidavit and did so as his/her
act and deed.
Notary Public
`MBE=13
EXPERIENCE ItECORD
List of Projects your Organization has successfully completed:
AMT. OF CONTRACT AWARD
TYPE OF WORK
DATE ACCEPTED
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF OWNER
r
List of Projects your Drganization is now engaged in completing:
AMT. OF CONTRACT AWARD
TYPE OF WORK
EXPECTED 'DATE
OF COMPLETION
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF OWNER
C-1-+
List Surety Bonds in Force on above incomplete work:
DATE OF
CONTRACT AWARD
TYPE OF WORK
BOND
AMT. OF BOND
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF SURETY
C-15
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SECTION A
DEFINITIONS, PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS
A-1 Contract Documents. By the term Contract Documents is meant all of
the written and drawn documents setting forth or affecting the rights
of the parties, including but not necessarily being limited to, the
Contract, Notice to Bidders, Proposal, General Conditions, Special
Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Bonds and all Addenda, Amendments
signed by all Parties, Change Orders, written Interpretations issued
by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph A-2 and any written Order for a
minor change in the Work issued pursuant to Paragraph L-3 hereof.
A-2 Entire Agreement. The Contract Documents represent the entire agree-
ment between the Parties, and no prior or contemporaneous, oral or
written agreements, instruments or negotiations shall be construed as
altering the terms and effects of the Contract Documents. After being
executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written
Amendment signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or Change Order, or
by a written Order for a minor change issued by the Architect, as set
out in Section L hereto.
A-3 Work. By the term Work is meant all labor, supervision, materials and
equipment necessary to be used or incorporated in order to produce the
construction required by the Contract Documents.
A-4 Execution of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall be
executed in six originals by the Contractor and the Owner in such form
as may be prescribed by law.
A-5 Familiarity With Proposed Work. Before filing a bid, the bidder shall
examine carefully the proposal, plans, specifications, special pro-
visions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work
contemplated. He shall examine the site of work and satisfy himself as
to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character,
quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be
furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered
evidence that he has complied with these requirements and has accepted
the site as suitable for the work.
Claims for additional compensation due to variations between con-
ditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by the
plans will not be allowed.
A-6 One Unified Contract. Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents
will be bound together and executed as a single unified Contract, the
intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor,
supervision, materials, equipment and other items necessary for the
proper execution and completion of the Work. Words which have well
recognized technical or trade meanings are used herein in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
REVISED 9/30/87
GC-1
A-7 Division of Work. The arrangement of Drawings and/or Specifications
into Divisions, Sections, Articles, or other Subdivisions shall not be
binding upon the contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors
or Trades.
A-8 Interpretations. The Architect will furnish such Interpretations of
the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary for the proper execu-
tion or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished
at the instance of the Architect or at the request of the Contractor,
or Owner, and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such
times and in accordance with such schedule as may be agreed upon. Such
Interpretations ",'shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of .
the Plans and Specifications and may be effected by Field Order. In
the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract
and the Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the
Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or
furnished by the Architect Contractor, or any subcontractor or
materialman, or involving any question of fault or liability of any
-'party, the decision of the Owner shall be final. and binding.
In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the following
sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of precedence:
Change Orders and/or Field Orders (by date of issuance); Addenda (by
date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and dimensions on Drawings;
Technical Specifications; Special Provisions; Supplementary General
Conditions; General Conditions; and, Construction Contract.
A-9 Copies of Workine Drawings and Specifications. The Architect will
furnish to Contractor free of charge 15 sets of working Drawings and
15 sets of Specifications. -Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduc-
tion•lor all other copies of Drawings and Specifications furnished to
h im.
All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner
or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the Owner. They
are not to be used on any other project and, with the exception of one
Contract set for each Party to the Contract, are to be returned to the
Owner on request at the completion of the work.
A-10 Minority/Women Business Enterprise Policy. The City of Fort Worth has
goals for the participation of minority and women owned business
enterprise in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to
meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered responsive
bidders. The City policy and procedures to be followed in submitting
bids is included as Attachment A to the proposal Section of these
Contract Documents.
SECTION B
IDENT1 Y OF ARCHITECT
B-1 Duties of the Architect. The Architect in this Contract shall be
Pinnacle Consultants. Inc.,
As used herein, the term ArcniteC' means the
rc.t ec: or ni5 authorized representative. Nothing contained in these
Contract Documents shall create any privity of Contract between the
Architect and the Contractor.
B-2 Architect as Representative of the Owner. The Architect will provide
general administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will
have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the
Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and con-
sultations with the Owner or the Contractor at all reasonable times.
B-3 Access to Job, Site. The Architect shall at all times have access to
the Work whenever it is in preparation and progress. The Contractor
shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perform
its assigned functions under the Contract Documents.
The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize
himself with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if
the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On
.the basis of on -site observations, the Architect will keep the Owner
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the
Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Contractor.
Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for
payments, the Architect will make determinations and recommendations
concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue
certificates for payment amounts in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph I-4.
B-4 Interpretations. The Architect will be, in the first instance, the
interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications and
the judge of the performance thereunder by the Contractor, subject to
the final decision of the Owner.
The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will
be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
B-5 Authority to Stop Work. The Architect will have authority to reject
work which does not conform to the Plans and Specifications. In
addition, whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the Architect considers
it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper realization of
the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the Architect will have
authority to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion
thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work as
provided in Paragraph G-8 whether or not such Work be then fabricated,
installed or completed.
B-6 Miscellaneous Duties of Architect.
Shop Drawings. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and Samples as
provided in Section D. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and
submittals will be provided to the Owner by the Architect.
Change Orders. Change Orders and Orders for Minor Changes in the Work
will be issued by the Owner through the Architect in accordance with
the provisions of Section L.
GC-3
all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures
and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract
Documents.
D-4 Labor and Materials. Unless otherwise specifically noted, the
Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment,
tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities,
transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the
proper execution and completion of the Work.
The successful low bidder will use its reasonable best efforts to hire
local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The general condition is not
to be constructed as limiting the right of any bidder to employee
laborers, workmen or materialmen from outside local area.
The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good
order among his employees, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit
person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him.
D-5' Prevailing Wage Rate. The Contractor agrees to pay not less than the
general prevailing rate of per diem wages for Work of a similar
character in the locality in which the Work is performed, and not less
than the general prevailing wage of per diem wages for a legal holiday
and overtime work, to all laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on
the Work under this Contract. The Contractor agrees to pay at least
the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified and
set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached
hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copies verbatim
herein.
D-6 Warrantv. The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that
all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new
unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality,
free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract
Documents. All Work not so conforming to these standards may be
considered defective. If required by the Architect or the Owner, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment.
The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to and not
in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or the
Contract Documents.
D-7 Taxes. The Contractor will pay all Sales, Consumer, Use and other
similar Taxes required by law.
D-8 Licenses, Notices and Fees. The Contractor shall obtain all Permits,
Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections, whether permanent or
temporary, required by law or these Contract Documents. No permit
fees shall be required for this work.
The Contractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws,
Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority
GC-6
bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or
becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at variance
therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in
writing and any necessary changes will be made as pirovided in
paragraph A-2. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is
in violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter,
Ordinances, Orders or Directives, or Regulations without furnishing
Notice to the Architect, the Contractor will assume full res-
ponsibility therefor and bear all costs attributable thereto.
D-9 Cash Allowances. The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all
allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall
cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and un-
loaded at the site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handl-
ing costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and
other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be in-
cluded in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor
shall cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for
such amounts and by such persons as the Architect may direct, but he
will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reason-
able objection. If the cost, when determined, is more than or less
than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by
Change Order which will include additional handling costs on the site,
labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses result-
ing to the Contractor from any increase over the original allowance.
D-10 Superintendent. The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten-
dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the
Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall
be satisfactory to the Architect and the Owner and shall not be
changed except with their consent, unless the superintendent proves to
be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ.
The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all com-
munications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if
given to the Contractor. Important communications will be confirmed in
writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on written request
in each case.
D-11 Responsibility for Employees and Sub -Contractors. The Contractor
shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all
his employees and all Sub -contractors, their agents and employees, and
all other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the
Contractor.
D-12 Progress Schedule. The Contractor, immediately after being awarded
the contract, shall prepare and submit for the Architect's approval,
an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule
shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the
Contract Documents. This schedule shall indicate the dates for the
starting and completion of the various stages of construction and
shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, subject to
the Architect's approval. It shall also indicate the dates for sub-
mission and approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the
delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials.
GC-7
The progress schedule shall be updated at least monthly by the con-
tractor and submitted to the Architect for approval with the
Contractor's monthly progress payment requests.
D-13 Drawings and Specifications at the Site. The Contractor shall main-
tain at the site for the Owner one copy of all Drawings, Specifica-
tions, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and their
Changes and Amendments in good order and marked to record all changes
made during construction. These shall also be available to the
Architect. The Drawings, marked to record all changes made during
construction, shall be delivered to the Architect upon completion of
the Work, and the Architect will prepare, and provide to the Owner,
one complete set of reproducible as -built drawings of the work.
D-14 Shop Drawings and Samples. Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data
which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufac-
turer, supplier or distributor, and which illustrate some portion of
<the Work.
Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to
illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and submit, with
reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to cause no delay
in the Work or in the work of any other contractor, normally within
the first 90 days of the work, six copies of all Shop Drawings and
Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the
Architect as covered by changes or amendments. Shop Drawings and
Sainples shall be properly identified as specified, or as the
Architect may require. At the time of submission the Contractor shall
inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings
or Samples from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor
thereby represents that he has determined and verified all field
measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers
and similar data, or will do so, and that he has checked and
coordinated each Shop Drawing and Sample with the requirements of the
Work and of the Contract Documents.
The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with
reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only for
conformance with the design Concept of the Project and with the
information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's approval
of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which
the item functions.
The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect
and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of Shop
Drawings or new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct
specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings to
GC-8
revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on
previous submissions.
The Architect's approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve
the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the
requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has
informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of
submission and the Architect has given written approval to the
specific deviation as authorized in Paragraph A-2, nor shall the
Architect's approval relieve the Contractor from responsibility for
errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples.
No portion vof the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission
shall be commenced until the submission has been approved by the
Architect. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with
approved Shop Drawings and Samples.
D-15 Site Use. The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to
areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents
sand shall not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or
equipment. Until acceptance of the work by the City Council of the
City of Fort Worth, the entire site of the Work shall be under the
exclusive control, care and responsibility of the Contractor.
Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to
persons or property by the action of the elements or from any other
cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and
make good at his own expense all injuries or damages to any portions
of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before its
completion and acceptance.
D-16 Cutting and Patching of Work. The Contractor shall do all cutting,
fitting or patching of his Work that may be required to make its
several parts fit together properly, and shall not endanger any Work
by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering the Work or any part of
it.
D-17 Cleaning Up. The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free
from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of
the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and
about the Project as well as all his tools, construction equipment,
machinery and surplus materials, and shall clean all glass surfaces
and leave the Work "broom -clean" or its equivalent, except as
otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving
the buildings "broom -clean", Contractor shall clean all glass, replace.
any broken glass, remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated
work, clean hardware, remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces,
clean fixtures and wash all concrete, tile and terrazzo floors.
If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so and the cost
thereof shall be charged to the Contractor as provided in Paragraph
G-6.
GC-9
D-18 Communications. As a general rule, the Contractor shall forward all
communications to the Owner through the Architect, and in all other
instances the Contractor shall furnish the Architect a copy of any
communication sent directly to the Owner.
D-19 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims. Contractor covenants
and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend
Owner, its officers, agents, servants and employees, from and against
any and all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or
personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of
whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of
or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services
to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents,
employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether
or not caused, in whole or in part, by alleged negligence on the part
of -officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors,
licensees and invitees of the Owner; and said Contractor does hereby
covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of
Owner, its officers, agents, servants and employees for property
damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and
all persons of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted,
arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work
and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers,
agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and
invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in part, by alleged
negligence of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors,
subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor
likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold
harmless Owner from and against any and all injuries, loss or damages
to property of the Owner during the performance of any of the terms
and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in
connection with or resulting from, in whole or in part, any and all
alleged acts or omissions of officers, agents, servants, employees,
contractors, subcontractors, licenses, or invitees of the Owner.
In the event a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its
subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project
has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the
Transportation and Public Works Department, as evidenced by a final
inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended
by the Director of the Transportation and Public Works Department for
a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless
the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the
Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been
obtained from the claimant involved.
Although the claim concerned remains unsettled at the expiration of
the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled
to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to
be in an amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the
dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor
arising out of the performance of such work, and such semi-final
payment may then be recommended by the Director.
GC-10
L
The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against
whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six
months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed
unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the
Director that:
(1) The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained
from the claimant involved, or
(2) Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding
claims, and such good faith efforts have failed.
If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period,
the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor
be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six
month period, the Director may recommend that the final payment to the.
Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six month period the
Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work
has been performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have
been met to the satisfaction of the Director.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on
other Transportation and Public Works Department Contract work from a
Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result
of work performed under a City contract.
D-20 Brokering Construction Contracts. The contractor shall perform at
least 25% of the specified work in these contract documents using his
own skilled employees and laborers. The contractor shall include an
itemized listing of construction• activities to be performed entirely
or partially by his employees as part of his schedule of values,
required in accordance with Section I-2 of these General Conditions.
Monthly progress payment requests submitted by the Contractor will
further document that the contractor is meeting his requirement. No
more than 75% of the construction contract amount may be subcontracted
to other firms.
SECTION E
SUBCONTRACTORS
E-1 Definition. A Subcontractor is a person or organization who has a
direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the
site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender and means a
Subcontractor or his authorized representative.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relation between the Owner or the Architect and any
Sub -contractor or any of his Sub -subcontractors or Materialmen.
E-2 Award of Subcontracts. As part of his bid proposal the bidder shall
furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or
GC-11
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for such portions
of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements, or if
none is so designated, the names of the Subcontractors proposed for
the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the
Contract, the Architect shall notify the successful bidder in writing
if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has
reasonable objection to any person or organization on such list.
Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person
or organization on the list prior to the award of this Contract shall
constitute acceptance of such person or organization.
If, prior to�the award of the Contract, the Owner or Architect has an
objection to any person or organization on such list, and refuses to
accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior
to the award, withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security. If
such bidder' submits an acceptable substitute with an increase .in his
bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such
substitution, the Owner, may at its discretion, accept the increased
bid price or he may disqualify the bid. If, after the award, the
'Owner or Architect objects in writing to any person or organization on
such list, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute and
the Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order
shall be issued; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be
allowed for any such substitution unless the Contractor has acted
promptly and responsively in submitting a name with respect thereto
prior to the award.
The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor or any person
or organization proposed for portions of the Work designated in the
bidding requirements or, if none is so designated, with any
Subcontractor proposed for the principal portions of the Work, who has
not been accepted by the Owner and the Architect. The Contractor will
not be required to contract with any subcontractor or person or
organization against whom he has a reasonable objection.
The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor
or person or organization who has been accepted by the Owner and the
Architect, unless the substitution is also acceptable to the Owner and
the Architect.
E-3 Terms of Subcontracts. All work performed for the Contractor by a
Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between
the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between
Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors) which shall contain provisions
that:
(a) preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the
Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be
performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting
thereof will not prejudice such rights;
CC-12
(b) require that such Work be performed in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents;
(c) require submission to the Contractor of applications for
payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a
party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply
for payment in accordance with Section I;
(d) require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of
time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to
subcontracted portions of the Work shall be submitted to the
Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor where
appropriate) in the manner provided in the Contract
Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner;
(e) waive all rights the contracting parties may have against
one another for damages caused by fire or other perils
covered by the property insurance described in Section K,
except such rights, if any, as they may have to proceeds of
such insurance held by the Owner under Section K; and,
(f) obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the
provisions of this Section E.
All of the provisions set out in this paragraph shall be deemed to
have been included in every sub -contract, and every sub -contract shall
be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect, whether
or not such provisions are physically included in the sub -contract.
E-4 Payments to Subcontractors. The Contractor shall pay each
Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an amount equal
to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account
of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall also require each
Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors.
If the Architect refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any
cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a
particular Subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor
on demand, made at any time after the Certificate for Payment would
otherwise have been issued, for his Work to the extent completed, less
the retained percentage.
The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any
insurance monies received by the Contractor under Section K, and he
shall require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his
Subcontractors.
The Architect may, on request and at its discretion, furnish to any
Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of
completion certified to the Contractor on account of Work done by such
Subcontractors.
Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay
or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor.
GC-13
SECTION F
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
F-1 Owner's Right. The Owner reserves the right to award separate
contracts in connection with other portions of the Work. When
separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work, "the
Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall be the con-
tractor who signs each separate contract.
F-2 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors. The Contractor shall afford
other contrattors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their
work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs.
If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or
results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor
shall inspect and promptly report to the Architect any apparent dis-
crepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and
report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work
as fit and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which may
develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution .of
the Contractor's Work.
Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any
separate contractor on the site, the Contractor shall, upon due
notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so
settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of anv
damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the
Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the Contractor's
expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the
Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment and shall reimburse the
Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the
Owner has incurred in connection with such suit.
F-3 Cutting and Patching Under Separate Contracts. The Contractor shall
do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may be required
to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors
shown in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any
work of any other contractors by cutting, excavating or otherwise
altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other
contractor except with the written consent of the Architect.
Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the
party responsible therefor.
F-4 Owner's Right to Clean Up. If a dispute arises between the separate
contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up as required by
Paragraph . D-1, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to
the several contractors as the Director of the Department of
Transportation and Public Works shall determine to be just.
GC-14
11
1
SECTION G
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
G-1 Conflict of Laws. The Contract shall be governed by the law of the
place where the site is located. The Contractor must familiarize him-
self and strictly comply with all Federal, State, and County and City
Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives
controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work
affecting the materials used. He shall indemnify and save harmless the
City and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability
arising from or based on the violation of any such Laws, Statutes,
Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives, whether by himself,
his employees, agents or subcontractors.
G-2 Personal Liability of Public Officials. In performing their duties
under the Statutes of the State of Texas and the Charter and
Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with this Contract,
or in exercising any of the powers granted the Owner herein, the
officers, agents and employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged
in the performance of a governmental function and shall not incur any
personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for
gross negligence or willful wrong.
G-3 Successors and Assigns. Except as provided in Paragraph E-2, this
contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto, their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or
sublet all or any part of this Contract or his rights or duties
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such
purported assignment or subletting without the prior consent of Owner
shall be void.
G-4 Written Notice. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if delivered in person to the individual or member of the firm
or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if
delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last
business address known to him who gives the notice.
G-5 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. The Contractor
shall, on the execution of the Contract, and before beginning work,
make, execute, and deliver to the Owner and pay the premium for
statutory surety bonds in a sum equal to one hundred per cent of the
total contract price. In this connection, the Contractor shall furnish
a Performance Bond as well as A Payment Bond both in a sum equal to
the total contract price. The form of the bond shall be as provided in
the Contract Documents and the surety shall be a reputable company
acceptable to the Owner.
G-b Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work. If the Contractor defaults or
neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract, the Owner
may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, enter the site
and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change
GC-15
Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter
due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including
the cost of the Architect's additional services made necessary by such
default, neglect or failure. if the payments then or thereafter due
the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor
shall pay the difference to the Owner.
G-7 Royalties and Patents. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and
•license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of
any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on
account thereof and shall be responsible for all such loss when a
particular .design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer
or manufacturers is specified; however, if the Contractor has reason
to believe that the design, process or product specified is an
infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless
he,promptly gives such information to Architect.
G-8 Tests. If the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules,
Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction
require any Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor
shall give the Architect timely notice of its readiness and of the
date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or
approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections,
tests and approvals unless otherwise provided.
If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner or Architect
determine that any Work requires special inspection, testing or
approval not included above, the Owner or the Architect, upon written
authorization from the Owner, will instruct the Contractor to order
such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall
give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special
inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply (1) with
the requirements of the Contract Documents or (2) with respect to the
performance of the work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances,
Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the
Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including the Architect's
additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the Owner
shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued.
Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be
secured by the Contractor and three copies will be promptly delivered
by him to the Architect. The Architect will review the certificates
and forward one copy of each with his recommendations) to the Owner.
If the Architect or Owner wish to observe the inspections, tests or
approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and,
where practicable, at the source of supply.
Neither the observations of the Architect or the Owner in their
administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections, tests or
approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the
Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
-GC-16
G-9 Interruption of Existing Utilities Services. The Contractor shall
perform the work under this Contract with a minimum of outage time for
all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved sections of the
utility. In some cases, the Contractor may be required to perform the
work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utilities
service may be interrupted only when approved by the Owner. When it is
necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner in writing at least ten days in advance of the time
he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption
time shall be kept to a minimum. Depending upon the activities at an
existing facility which requires continuous service from the existing
utility, an interruption may not be subject to schedule at the time
desired by the Contractor. In such cases, the interruption may have to
be scheduled at a time of minimum requirements of demand for the
utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor of existing
utility services shall be as approved by the Owner.
G-10 Laying Out Work. Dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of
existing work shall be verified by the Contractor. Discrepancies
between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be
referred to Architect for adjustment before work affected is
performed. Failure to make such notification shall place
responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory,
workmanlike manner.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and
elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction
Documents.
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and
check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical
drawings; each with the other that in any affects the location or
elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any
discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the
Architect for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work
made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this
function shall be done at the contractors sole expense.
G-11 Existing Overhead or Underground Work. The Contractor shall carefully
check the site where the project is to be erected and observe any
existing overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved,
replaced or protected, as required, whether or not shown or -specified.
Attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other
underground improvements which may or may not be shown on the
Drawings. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and
protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the Drawings.
Locations of existing underground lines, shown on the Drawings are
based on the beat available sources, but are to be regarded as
approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying
these lines before excavation in adjacent areas.
G-12 Lining of Joints in Finish Materials. It shall be the responsibility
Bt the Contractor to make certain in the installation of jointed
floor, wall and ceiling materials that:
1.
GC-17
a. The joints line through in straight alignment and in both
directions wherever possible.
b. The joints relate to all opening and breaks in the structure
and be symmetrically placed wherever possible. This includes
heating registers, light fixtures, equipment, etc.
If because of the nonrelated sizes of the various materials and
locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the
above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the
most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish center
lines for all trades.
G-13 Integrating Existing Work. The Contractor shall protect all existing
street and other improvements from damages.
Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of
the new work and shall not in any interfere with or obstruct the
ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities.
Where new site work is to be connected to existing work, special care
shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage the
existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced,
repaired and restored to its original condition at no cost to the
Owner.
G-14 Location of Equipment and Piping. Drawing showing location of
equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. are diagrammatic and job conditions
may not always permit their installation in the location shown. When
this situation occurs, it shall be brought to the Architect's
attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint
conference. The Contractor will be held responsible for the relocating
of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. He
shall remove and relocate such items at his own expense if so directed
by the Architect. Where possible uniform margins are to be maintained
between parallel lines and or adjacent wall, floor or ceiling
surfaces.
G-15 overloading. The Contractor shall be responsible for overloading of
any part or parts of structures beyond their safe calculated carrying
capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any
other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or -roofs before
they have attained their permanent and safe strength.
G-16 Manufacturer's Instructions. ' Where it is required in the
Specifications, the materials, products, processes, equipment, or the
like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, directions, or specifications, or words to this effect,
it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation
shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions furnished by
the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under instructions
furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under
conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such
GC-18
instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval
thereof obtained before work is begun.
G-17 Cleaning Up. During construction: At all times during the course of
construction, keep the premises free from accumulation of waste
material or rubbish caused by employees or as a result of the work.
At completion of work, the General Contractor shall, immediately prior
to final inspection of complete building, execute the following final
cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material
methods recommended by the manufacturers of installed materials.
F�
a. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base and vacuum
carpeting.
b. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished materials.
C. Clean all cabinet and casework.
d. Dust all ceilings and walls.
e. Dust, and if necessary wash, all plumbing and electrical
fixtures.
f. Wash all glass and similar non -resilient materials.
g. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned and
polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shall
be cleaned and touched -up if necessary, and all temporary
labels, tags, and paper coverings removed throughout the
buildings. Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished.
h. The exterior of the building, the grounds, approaches,
equipment, sidewalks, streets, etc. shall be cleaned similar
to interior of buildings and left in good order at the time
of final acceptance with paint surfacesclean and unbroken,
hardware clean and polished, all required repair work
completed and dirt areas scraped and cleared of weed growth.
i. Glass cleaning: Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of
putty, paint materials, etc., without scratching or injuring
the glass and leave the work bright, clean and polished.
Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor.
j. Cleaning, polishing,' scaling, waxing and all other finish
operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the
Specifications shall be taken to indicate the required
condition at the time of acceptance of all work under the
Contract.
h. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises will not be
permitted.
GC-19
G-18 Dust Control. Precaution shall be exercised at all times to control
dust created as a result of any operations during the construction
period. If serious problems and/or complaints arise due to air -borne
dust, and when directed by the Architect, operations causing such
problems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken
to control the dust.
G-19 Fire Protection. The contractor shall at all times maintain good
housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire damage and/or injury
to workmen. All scrap materials, rubbish and trash shall be removed
daily from in and about the building and shall not be be permitted to
be scattered on adjacent property.
Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate build-
ing area for storing flammable materials and paints; no storage will
be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used
inside the building shall be kept in close metal container and removed
from the building during unused periods.
L
A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting
or welding is being performed. Where electric or gas welding or
cutting work is done, interposed shields of incombustible material
shall be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot
metal. When temporary heating devices are used, a watchman shall be
present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the premises.
The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the
recommendations and NFPA Bulletins Nos. 10 and 241. However, in all
cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each
floor of construction.
G-20 Cutting and Patching. Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the
existing work is indicated, such work shall be neatly sawn or cut by
contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line,
parallel to adjacent surfaces or plumb for vertical surfaces. Care
should be exercised not to damage any work that is to remain.
At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent
from the Architect. All cutting and patching done by sub -contractors
shall be done under the direct supervision and direction of the
Architect.
G-21 Project Closeout.
Final Inspection, Record Drawings: Attention is called to General
Conditions Section I entitled, 'Payments and Completion."
Maintenance Manual: Sheets shall be 8 1/2" x 1111, except pull out
sheets may be neatly folded to 8 1/2" x 11". Manuals shall be bound in
plastic covered, 3 ring, loose leaf binder with title of project
lettered on front and shall contain:
GC-20
11
a. Name, address and trade of all sub -contractors.
b. Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and tele-
phone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local
representative, for each piece of operative equipment.
C. Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters,
heating and cooling equipment, temperature control, fan,
electrical panels, service entrance equipment and light
fixtures.
d. Manufacturer's name, type, color designation for resilient
floors, windows, doors, concrete block, paint, roofing,
other materials.
e. Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual, prior to request
for substantial completion inspection.
Operation and Maintenance Instruction: The Contractor shall provide
,at his expense, competent manufacturer's representatives to completely
check oui all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by
the Drawings and Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled
just prior to and during the initial start up. After all systems are
functioning properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance
personnel of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of each
item.
G-22 Guarantee and Extended Guarantee. Upon completion of the Project,
prior to final payment, guarantees required by technical divisions of
Specifications shall be properly executed in quadruplicate by 'sub-
contractors and submitted to Architect. Delivery of guarantees shall
not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract.
The Contractor shall submit a guarantee covering the entire Project
for one year. In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain
portions of work, are for longer periods, General Contractor's
guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods.
Guarantees shall become valid and operative upon issuance of
Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner. Guarantees shall
not apply to work where damage is result of abuse, neglect by Owner or
his successor(s) in interest.
G-23 Record Drawings. Upon completion of the Work and prior to application
for final payment, one print of each of the drawings accompanying this
specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the
Contractor to show variations between the construction actually
provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents,
and delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods
is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or character of
the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted
either by award of bidding items specified for that purpose, or by
subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define
GC-21
the construction actually provided. The representation of such
variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall in-
clude supplementary notes, legends and details which may be necessary
for legibility and clear portrayal of the ACTUAL construction. The
record drawings shall indicate, in addition, the actual location of
all sub -surface utility lines, average depth below the surface and
other appurtenances.
G-24 Construction Fence. At the Contractor's option, he may provide a con-
struction fence around all or a part of the site. Fences shall be at
least 4' high and equal to USS American Fence Specification No. 11,
Design No. 1047 (Alamo Iron Works), on metal posts not over 10' on
center. Posts shall be either studded T-Posts 5 feet long or Star
Steel Posts 5 feet long (Alamo Iron Works). Provide gates for access
where required. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the
construction period. Remove the fences and gates upon completion of
the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract
condition
A
G-25 Product Delivery, Storage, Handling: The Contractor shall handle,
store and protect materials and products, including fabricated com-
ponents, by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration
and loss, including theft (and resulting delays), thereby ensuring
highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery
schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long-term storage at project
site prior to installation.
SECTION H
CONTRACT TIME
H-1 Definitions. The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the
Contract Documents for completion of the Work.
The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a
notice to proceed. If there is no notice to proceed, it shall be the
date of the Agreement or such other date as may be established
therein.
The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion
thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval of
the Owner that construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance
with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy the Work or
designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended.
Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion thereof can be
made only by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and no other
form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner.
A calendar day constitutes twenty-four (24) hours of time and is any
one of the seven days of a week, including Sunday, regardless of
whether a "Working Day" or not, and regardless of weather conditions
or any situation which might delay construction. An extension of
contract time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of
time will be as recommended by the Architect with final approval by
City of Fort Worth.
GC-22
A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays,
Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not
under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for
a continuous period of not less than seven (7) hours between
7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents
shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on
Saturdays if he so desires. Should the Contractor choose to work on
Saturdays, one day will be charged as contract working time when
weather or other conditions permit seven (7) hours of work as
delineated above. Legal holidays are defined as being New Year's Day,
Independence. Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Memorial
Day, and Veteran's Day.
H-2 Progress and Completion. All the time limits stated in the Contract
Documents are of the essence of the Contract.
The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as
defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward
,expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the
Contract Time.
H-3 Delays and Extensions of Time. If the Contractor is delayed at any
time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or
the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner, or by any separate
contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work,
or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transportation,
unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control,
or by any cause which the Architect determines may justify the delay,
then the Contract Time may be ,extended by Change Order for such
reasonable time as recommended by the Architect and approved by the
Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather
conditions, the Weather Table provided as WT-1 in these Contract
Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and
equitable adjustment of the contract time.
All claims for extension of time shall be made. in writing to the
Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay;
otherwise they shall be waived.
If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which
written interpretations as setforth in Paragraph A-S shall be
furnished, then no claim for delay shall be allowed on account of
failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand
is made for them, and not then unless such a claim is reasonable.
H-4 No Damage for Delay. No payment; compensation or adjustment or any
kind (other than the extensions of time provided for ) shall be made
to the contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from any
cause in the progress of the work, whether such hindrances or delays
be avoidable or unavoidable, and the contractor agrees that he will
make no claim for compensation, damages or mitigation of liquidated
damages for any such delays, and will accept in full satisfaction for
such delays said extension of time.
GC-23
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
I-1 Contract Sum. The Contract Sum is stated in the proposal as accepted
and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the
performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
I-2 Schedule of Values. Before the first Application for Payment, the
Contractor shall submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values of the
various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the
Architect, aggregating the total Contract Sum, divided so as to
facilitate -payments to Sub -contractors in accordance with Paragraph
D-4, prepared in such form as specified or as the Architect and the
Contractor may agree upon, and supported by such data to substantiate
its correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in the
Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and
profit. This Schedule, when approved by the Architect and the Owner,
shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for
Payment.
I-3' Progress Payments. On the first day of each month after the first
month's work has been completed, the Contractor will make current
estimates in writing under the supervision of the Architect, of
materials in place complete and the amount of work performed during
the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices con-
tracted for as shown on the approved Breakdown and Progress Schedule.
If payments are to be made on account of materials or equipment not
incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the
site or in an independent, bonded warehouse, such payments shall be
conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such
other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's
title to such materials or equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's
interest including, applicable insurance and transportation to the
site.
The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work,
materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether
incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner upon the
receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all
liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred
to as "liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment covered by an
Application for Payment will have been acquired by -the Contractor, or
by any other person performing the Work at the site or furnishing
materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under
which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the
seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person.
The Contractor shall prepare each application for payment on AIA
Document G702, "Application and Certificate for Payment", and attach
thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the
progress made to date and the period or month for which payment is
requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. Also, a copy
of the revised monthly work progress schedule (Para. D-12) must be
attached before the pay request can be accepted.
GC-24
1.
I-4 Certificates for Payment. If the Contractor has made Application for
Payment as above, the Architect will, with reasonable promptness but
not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application, prepare
a Certificate of Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such
amount determined to be properly due, or state in writing reasons for
withholding a Certificate as provided in Paragraph I-5.
The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a
representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's
observations at the site as provided in Paragraph B-3 and the data
comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed
to the point- indicated; that the quality of the Work is •in accordance
with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a
functioning whole upon Substantial Completion, to the results of anv
subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor
deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to
completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in the
Certificate); and recommendations to the Owner that the Contractor be
paid in the amount certified. In addition, the Architect's final
Certificate of Pavment will constitute a further representation to the
Owner that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled
to final payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfilled.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner
shall approve or disapprove same within ten (10) days after it has
been delivered to the Director of the Department of Transportation and
Public Works. For contracts less than $400,000, Owner shall pay 90%
of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven (7) days after
its approval, and the remaining 10% of each such estimate will be
retained by the Owner until the final estimate is approved and the
Work is accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. For
contracts in excess of $400,000, the Owner will retain only 5% of each
estimate until the final estimate is approved and work accepted by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth.
No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor
any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner,
shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the
Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect
to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workman-
ship. The Contractor shall promptly remedy any defects in the
Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which
shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. Final
acceptance can be made only by the City Council of the City of Fort
Worth, and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner.
I-5 Payments Withheld. The Architect may decline to approve an
Application for Payment and may withhold his Certificate in whole or
in part if in his opinion he is unable to make the representations to
the Owner as provided in this Section. The Architect may also decline
to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently
discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, may nullify the whole
or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such
GC-25
extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect the Owner from
loss because of:
a) defective work not remedied;
b) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable
filing of claims;
c) failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to
Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment;
d) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the
unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
e) damage to another contractor;
f) reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed
within the Contract Time; or
g) unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor.
When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment
shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The. Owner
reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate,
without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to perform the
Work in accordance with the specifications or instructions of the
Architect.
I-6 Failure of Payment. . If, without fault on the part of the Contractor,
the Architect should fail to issue any Certificate for Payment within
seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for
Payment, or if, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the Owner
should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90%
or 95% (as applicable) of the amount thereof within the period of time
specified in Paragraph I-4, then the Contractor may, upon seven (7)
days additional written notice to the Owner and to the Architect, stop
the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.
I-7 Substantial Completion and Final Payment. Prior to the request for
substantial completion inspection, the Contractor must meet all
provisions of Para. G-21. When the Contractor determines that the Work
or' a designated portion thereof acceptable to the Owner is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to
the Architect a list of items to be completed or corrected. The
failure to include any items on such list does not alter the
responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an
inspection, determines that the Work is substantially complete, he
will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, which when
approved by the Owner, shall establish the Date of Substantial
Completion, shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the
Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance, and shall
fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items
listed therein, said time to be within the Contract Time unless
extended pursuant to Section H. The Contract Time shall be
6
GC-26
considered ended upon the date of acceptance by the City Council of
the City of Fort Worth.
Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final
inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for
Payment and upon receipt of a final application for payment, providing
the record drawings have been received by the Architect, the Architect
will conduct such test and/or inspections as he deems necessary, and
if in his opinion the Work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract Documents, the Architect will promptly issue a final
Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of his knowledge,
information and belief, and on the basis of his observations and
inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance
found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate is
due and payable. Final acceptance can be made only by the City
Council of the City of Fort Worth, and no other form of acceptance
will be binding upon the Owner. Final payment and release of the
retainage amount will become due within 15 days following approval of
the City Council of the City of Fort Worth in accepting the work as
complete.
Neither the final payment nor the -'remaining retained percentage shall
become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an
Affidavit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and
other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his
property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise
satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and, (3) if
required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction
of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as
may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor, materialman or
laborer refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,
the Contractor may, at the election of the Owner, furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any right, claim or
lien which might be asserted by such Subcontractor, materialman or
laborer. If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after
all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all
monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such
right, claim or lien, including all costs and reasonable attorney s
fees.
The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all
claims by the Contractor except those previously made in writing and
still unsettled.
SECTION J ,
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
J-1 Safety Precautions and Programs. The Contractor shall be responsible
for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the Work.
GC-27
J-2 Safety of Persons and Property. The Contractor shall take all
reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
a) all employees on the Work and all other persons who may be
affected thereby;
b) all the Work and all materials and equipment to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site,
under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any
of, his Subcontractors or Sub -subcontractors; and
c) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including
trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures
and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of
,.the Contractor, and he shall take every precaution against injury or
damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other
cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or from the
non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair,
restore and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to
any portion of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before
its completion and acceptance.
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Ordinances,
Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them
from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required
by. existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable
safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs
and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations
and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.
When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or
equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor
shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities
under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
All damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding
paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be
remedied by the Contractor, including damage or loss attributable to
faulty Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions of the
Architect or anyone employed by him or for whose acts he may
be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, but in no event shall the Owner be liable to the
Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage
or loss.
The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his
organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of
GC-28
accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent
unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the
Architect.
The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be
loaded so as to endanger its safety.
J-3 Emergencies. In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or
property, the Contractor shall act at his discretion to prevent
threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or
extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency
work shall be determined as provided in Section L, Changes in the
Work.
SECTION K
INSURANCE
K-1 Insurance Required. The Contractor shall not commence Work under this
Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this
Section and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall
the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence Work on this
Subcontract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has been
so obtained and approved.
K-2 Compensation Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain
during the life of this Contract Workmen's Compensation Insurance for
all of his employees at the site of the Project, and in case any work
is sublet, the Contractor shall require the Subcontractors similarly
to provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's
employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded
by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in
hazardous work under this Contract at the site of the Project is not
protected under the Workmen's Compensation statute, the Contractor
shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate
and suitable insurance for the protection of his employees not
otherwise protected.
K-3 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance. The Contractor shall
Take out and maintain during the life of this Contract such Public
Liability and Property Damage Insurance as shall protect him, the
Owner and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract,
from claims for damages for personal injury, including accidental
death, as well as from claims for personal damages, which may arise
from operations under this Contract, including blasting, when blasting
is done on, or in connection with the Work of the Project, whether
such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either of them and the amounts of
such insurance shall be not less than the following:
CC-29
a) Comprehensive Automobile Liability (For all Contractor -owned
or non -owned, but hired vehicles):
Bodily Injury:
Each Person $100,000.00
Per Occurrence 3009000.00
Property Damage:
Per Occurrence $300,000.00
b) Comprehensive General Liability:
Bodily Injury:
Each Person $100,000.00
Per Occurrence 300,000.00
Property Damage:
Per Occurrence $300,000.00
t
K-4 Builder's Risk Insurance. The Contractor shall take out, pay for and
maintain at all times during the life of this Contract, Builder's Risk
Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm, hurricane,
hail, riot, explosion, civic commotion, smoke, aircraft, land
vehicles, vandalism, and malicious mischief, in an amount equal to
100% of the Contract Sum.
Upon completion of the Work the Contractor shall notify the Owner in
writing before terminating this insurance.
K-5 Proof of Carriage of Insurance. The Contractor shall furnish the
Owner with a satisfactory proof of carriage of the insurance
required. Certificates of insurance will be required in duplicate for
file with the Owner and with the Architect, such certificates to
provide that the Owner is entitled to the same notice as that given to
the purchaser of the insurance in case of cancellation or any major
change therein.
SECTION L
CHANGES IN THE WORK
L-1 Change Order. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order
Changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract
consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract
Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All Such
Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be
executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. .
A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the
Contractor, Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of the
Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract
Time may be changed only by Change Order.
GC-30
The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a Change in the Work
shall be determined in one or more of the following ways:
a) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized,
including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and
profit stipulated in the original contract proposal;
b) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon; or
c) by cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee.
If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon, the
Contractor, provided he receives a Change Order, shall promptly
proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such work shall then be
determined on the basis of the Contractor's reasonable expenditures
and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit as indicated in the original contract proposal. In such cases,
the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect
shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate
supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner,
payments on account shall be made on the Architect's Certificate of
Payment as approved by the Owner.
If after the contract has been executed, the Architect requests a
price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in scope of
the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of
receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing. The
Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is
recommended, forward the proposed change order request and price
proposal to the Owner for approval. If the Architect disagrees with
the price proposal submitted by Contractor, Architect will attempt to
negotiate with Contractor to revise the proposal to a figure which is
fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If
the negotiations do not result in an equitable solution, the Architect
shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a price -not -to -exceed
figure for approval by the City and require specific documentation to
be provided by Contractor in accordance with the paragraah above.
Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Charter,
that when the cumulative effect of Change Orders results in an
increase in cost of the contract amount by over $3,000, the City
Council must approve all such Change Orders which will exceed this
limit. Normal processing time for the City Staff to obtain City
Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received
at the City, is approximately 30 days. Owner, Architect and Contractor
shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the
Construction process as possible to minimize their impact on the
construction schedule.
If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently
agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so
changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit
prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a hardship on
GC-31
the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be
equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship.
If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is involved
because of (1) any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section
A, (2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant
to Section B, where the Contractor was not at fault, or (3) any
written order for a minor change in the Work issued pursuant to
Section L, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Section
L.
L-2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time. If the Contractor wishes to make
a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum or an extension in the
Contract Time, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof
within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event giving rise
to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before
proceeding to execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering
life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in
accordance with Section J. No such claim shall be valid unless so
made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from
such claim, if approved by the Owner, shall be authorized by Change
Order.
L-3 Minor Changes in the Work. The Architect shall have authority to
order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the
Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent
with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be
effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall
be confirmed in writing by the Architect and shall be binding -on the
Owner and the Contractor.
L-4 Field Orders. The Architect may issue written Field Orders which
interpret the Contract Documents in accordance with Section A, or
which order minor changes in the Work in accordance with Section L
without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall
carry out such Field Orders promptly.
SECTION M
UNCOVERINC AND CORRECTION OF WORK
M-1 Uncovering of Work. If any Work should be covered contrary to the
request of the Owner or Architect, it must be uncovered for
observation and replaced, at the Contractor's expense.
If any other work has been covered which the Owner or Architect have
not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the
Architect, or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be
uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with
the Plans and Specifications, the cost of uncovering and replacement
shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such
work be found not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the
Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition
was caused by a separate contractor employed as provided in Section F,
GC-32
and in that event the Owner shall determine who is responsible for the
payment of such costs.
M-2 Correction of Work. The Contractor shall promptly correct all work
rejected by the Owner or Architect as defective or as failing to
conform to the Plans and Specifications whether observed before or
after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed
or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such
rejected Work, including the cost of the Architect's additional
service thereby made necessary.
If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or within
such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms
of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Docu-
ments, any of the work is found to be defective or not in accordance
with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly
after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so, unless the
Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such
condition, describing same specifically and not generally. The Owner
`shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.
All such defective or non -conforming work under the preceding para-
graphs shall be removed from the site where necessary, and the work
shall be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost
to the Owner.
The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate
contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or correction.
If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non -conforming
work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the
Architect or the Owner, the Owner may remove it and may store the
materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the
Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within
ten days thereafter, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written
notice sell such work at auction or at private sale and shall account
for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that
should have been borne by the Contractor including compensation for
additional Architectural Services. If such proceeds of sale do not
cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne, the difference
shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order
shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor
are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner.
If the Contractor fails to correct such defective or non -conforming
work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G.
The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shall be in
addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon him
by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise
prescribed by law.
GC-33
1.
M-3 Acceptance of Defective or Non -Conforming Work. If the Owner prefers
To accept defective or non -conforming work, he may do so instead of
requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order
will be issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in t'he Contract
Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be
paid by the Contractor.
SECTION N
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
N-1 Termination by the Contractor. If the work is stopped for a period of
thirty days under an order or any court or other public authority
having jurisdiction, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons
performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if
the work should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the
Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided
in Section I, then the Contractor may after the end of such period of
thirty (30) days and upon seven (7) additional days' written notice to
the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract.
N-2 Termination by the Owner. If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt,
or if he makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors,
or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, or if the
Contractor refuses, except in cases for which extension of time is
provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper
materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or
for materials or labor, or fails to comply with all Laws, Statutes,
Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority
having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation
of a provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner, on its own
initiative or upon certification by the Architect that sufficient
cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any
right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if
any, seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the employment of the
Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned
by the Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method he may
deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to
receive any further payment until the Work is finished.
If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the
Architect's additional services, exceed the unpaid balance of the
Contract, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
SECTION 0
SIGNS
The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as
required in the Contract Documents and in strict accordance with the
Specifications for "Project Designation Signs." This sign shall be a part
GC-34
of this Contract and shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid .for the
Project. See pages S-1 through S-3 for sign details.
SECTION P
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
?-1 Ste. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain facilities
and perform temporary work required in the performance of this
Contract, including those shown and specified.
1'-2 Use of Temporary Facilities. All temporary facilities shall be made
available for use by all workmen and subcontractors employed on the
project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to
their proper and most efficient utilization.
P"-3 Maintenance and Removal. The Contractor shall maintain temporary
facilities in a proper, safe operating and sanitary condition for the
duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such
temporary work and facilities shall be removed from the premises and
disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder.
P-k Field Offices and Sheds. 'Me Contractor -shall provide a temporary
field office building for himself, his subcontractors and use by the
Architect. For construction contracts with a bid price in excess of
$1,000,000.00, the Contractor shall provide a separate field office
for the City's field representative (but the separate office may be in
the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the
weather, and each office shall have a lockable door, at least one
Window, adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a shelf large
enough to -accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shall
have suitable locks. Field offices .shall be maintained for the full
time during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold
meather months, the field offices shall be suitably insulated and
equipped with a beating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit
temperature during the work day. During warm weather the offices shall
be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature
below 75 degrees F. upon completion of the work of the Contract, the
Contractor shall remove the building from the premises. In addition to
the drawing shelf, provide for the City field representatives office:
one desk, four chairs, plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet
(with lock). Each office shall contain not less than 120.square feet
of floor space.
'The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds, other
temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required for
his use. Location of sheds and trailers shall be as approved by the
Architect. Remove sheds when work is completed, or is directed.
P-S Telephone. The Contractor shall provide and pay for telephone
Installation and service to the field offices described above. Service
shall be maintained for the duration of operations under this
contract. The Contractor small provide for and pay for an automatic
CC-35
telephone answering device at the site office for the duration of the
project. The contractor shall provide a separate telephone line, and
instrument for use by the City's field representatives.
P-6 Toilet Facilities. The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and
adequate toilet facilities for the use of all workmen and
subcontractors employed on the project.
P-7 Utilities. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and
provide for temporary water and electricity required during the
construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility
meters during the contract construction period. These meters will be
read and the Contractor will be billed on his actual use. The
Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to tap into
the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend
the service lines to the construction area for use of all trades. Upon
completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs
made to the existing lines. only utilities at existing voltages,
pressures, frequencies, etc. will be available to the Contractor.
Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for all purposes
of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown
on the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all
points where water will be required. Provide sufficient hose to
carry water to every required part. of the construction and allow
the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the
work. Provide pumps, tanks and compressors as may be required to
produce required pressures.
Electric Service. Provide adequate electric service for power
and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric
service shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to
supply proper current for various types of construction tools,
motors, welding machines, lights, heating plant, air conditioning
system, pumps, and other work required. Provide sufficient number
of electric outlets so that 50 foot long extension cords will
reach all work requiring light or power.
Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades
may be properly and safely performed, in such areas and at such
time that day -lighting is inadequate. Provide at least 0.75 watts
of incandescent lighting per square foot and maintain a socket
voltage of at least 110 volts. Use at least 100.watt lamps. In
any event, the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot
candles in the vicinity of work and traffic areas.
P-8 Heating. Heating devices required under this paragraph shall not .be
electric.
The Contractor shall provide heat, ventilation, fuel and services as
required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity
down to the extent required to prevent corrosion of any metal and to
prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to materials
and finishes. All such heating, ventilation and services shall be
GC-36
provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. In
addition, the Contractor shall provide heat and ventilation prior and
during the following work operations as follows:
a. At all times during the placing, setting and curing of
concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of
the spaces involved to not less than 40'F.
b. From the beginning of the application of drywall and during
the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to
produce a temperature in the spaces involved of not less
than 55'F.
C. For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of
interior finish materials and throughout the placing of
finish painting, decorating and laying of resilient flooring
materials, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature
of not less than 68°F.
d. After finishing trades are completed and until final
acceptance of the work or until full occupancy by the Owner,
provide a temperature of not less than 60°F.
P-9 Temporary Construction, Equipment and Protection
a. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon
completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding,
hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof,
barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as
required to complete all work of the Contract. Contractor
shall coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with
his sub -contractors.
b. The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon
completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the
Architect, all fences, barricades, lights, shoring,
pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and other
protective structures or devices necessary for the safety of
workmen, City employees, equipment, the public and property.
C. All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to
all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of
the authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance
companies, with regards to safety precaustions, operation
and fire hazard.
d. Pumping: The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping
facilities, including power, for keeping the site,
excavations and structure free of accumulations of wate at
all times, whether from underground seepage, rainfall,
drainage of broken lines.
e. Unauthorized Entry: The Contractor shall maintain provision
for closing and locking the building at such time as
GC-37
possible to do so. If this is not feasible, maintain a night
watchman on the premises or take other approved measures to
safeguard the building against unauthorized entry.
g. Temporary Walls, Closures and Barricades: The' Contractor
shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures,
required to protect the work in progress from outside
elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of work
under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive,
shall meet the approval of the Architect and shall be
maintained for the duration of the construction period or as
required to provide for the protection as specified.
P-10 Project Bulletin Board. The Contractor shall furnish, install and
maintain during the life of the project a weathertight bulletin board
approximately 3 feet high by 5 feet wide having not less than two
hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for locking. The
bulletin board shall be mounted where and as approved by the
Architect, in a prominent place accessible to employees of the
,. Contractor and sub -contractors, and to applicants for employment. The
bulletin board shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall
be removed by him upon completion of the Contract work. The following
information which will be furnished by the City to the Contractor,
shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the
Contractor in easily readable condition at all times for the duration
of the Contract.
a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondescrimination of
Employment (Standard Form 38).
b. Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with the
Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the
Davis -Bacon Act.
C. Safety Posters.
P-11 Hard Hats. Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites
included in this Contract from start to completion of work. Each
Contractor, employee and vistor at any construction site included in
the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat. The Contractor shall
enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor, employees and
visitors. These requirements are in addition to the Accident
Prevention Clause in the General Conditions of the Contract.
Contractor shall provide ten hard hats for use by the consulting
Architects and Engineers and Visitors.
-- END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS --
GC-38
INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
A. GENERAL
1. Employment of Laboratory:
a. This section is intended to set the minimum testing requirements
for this project and will be superseded by related sections re-
quiring additional or more extensive testing.
b. The Contractor shall select and pay for the services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform inspections and tests
of construction systems and materials.
C. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way. relieve the
Contractor of any obligation to perform the Work in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2.A Laboratory Reports:
a. Promptly submit a written report of each test and inspection, and
other reports and certifications specified under individual
tests; one copy each to the Architect/Engineer, Owner,
Contractor. Each report shall include:
(1) Date issued.
(2) Project title and number.
(3) Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number.
(4) Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
(5) Date and time of sampling or inspection.
(6) Record of temperature and weather conditions.
(7) Date of test.
(8) Identification of product and specification section.
(9) Location of sample or test in the Project.
(10) Type of inspection or test.
(11) Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents.
(12) Interpretation of the test results, when requested by the
Architect/Engineer.
3. Laboratory Quality Assurance:
a. Meet the "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification", published by American Council of Independent
,ITLS - l
Laboratories, 1725 R Street Northwest, Washington, D.G. 20006,
U.S.A.
4. Laboratory Responsibilities:
a. Cooperate with the Architect/Engineer, owner and the Contractor;
provide qualified personnel after due notice.
b. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials
and methods of construction:
(1) Comply with the specified standards. If not specified,
comply with the latest standards of the American Society for
Testing and Materials or other recognized authority approved
by the Architect/Engineer.
(2) Ascertain compliance of materials with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
C. Promptly notify the Architect/Engineer, and the Contractor of
observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products.
d. Perform additional tests as required by the Architect/Engineer to
verify compliance and acceptability of previously rejected work.
e. Laboratory shall not:
(1) Release, revoke, alter or add to the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
(2) Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
(3) Perform any duties of the Contractor.
5. Contractor's Responsibilities:
a. Before start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address,
and telephone number, and names of full—time registered engineer
and responsible officer.
b. Cooperate with the laboratory personnel and provide access to the
Work.
C. Make available to the laboratory, at no cost, samples of all
materials to be tested.
d. Advise the laboratory of the identity of the material sources and
instruct the suppliers to allow inspection by the laboratory.
e. Provide the laboratory with the concrete mix design proposed for
the work and any other materials mixes which require control by
the testing laboratory.
ITLS — 2
1.
f. 'Furnish copies of products tests reports as required.
g. Furnish mill test certificates showing the hear number of all the
structural steel to the Architect/Engineer.
h. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
(1) To provide access to work to be tested.
(2) To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at the
source of the product to be tested.
(3) To facilitate inspections and tests.
(4) For storage and curing of test samples.
(S) To make repairs to construction from which sample is taken.
�. i. Notify the laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to
allow for the laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling
of tests.
J . Employ and pay for the services of a separates equally qualified
independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections,
sampling and testing required:
(1) For the Contractor's convenience.
(2) When i-ni-tial tests indicate Work does not comply with the
Contract Documents to reestablish the conformance to the
Contract Documents of all materials and labor which have
been rejected and/or replaced.
k. 'Remove and replace at the Contractor's expense any ;work which is
-rejected as a result of tests performed by reason of failure to
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6. Reference Standards:
a. ACIL: American Council of Independent Laboratories, 1725 K Street
Northwest, Washington D.C. 20006, U.S.A.
b. ACI: American Concrete Institute, P.O. Boa 1913D, Detroit
Michigan 48219, U.S.A.
(1) 211.1-81 — Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for
Normal, heavyweight, and mass Concrete.
L. AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute, 100D 16th Street
Northwest, Washington, D.C. 20036, U.S.A.
A. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race
Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U.S.A.
ITU — 3
(1)
A
36-81
- Structural Steel.
(2)
A
325-82
- High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.
(3)
A
490-82
- Heat Treated Steel Structural Bolts,
150 ksi
Minimum Tensile Strength.
(4)
A
570-79 -
Hot -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and
Strip,
Structural Quality.
(5)
A
615-82
- Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for
Concrete
Reinforcement.
(6) C 31-69 - Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field.
(7) C 39-81 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
(8) C 143-78 - Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement
Concrete.
(9) D 698-78 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of
Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb
(2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drop.
(10) E 164-81 - Recommended Practice for Ultrasonic Contract
Examination of Weldments.
(11) E 317-79 - Recommended Practice for Evaluating Performance
Characteristics of Pulse Echo Ultrasonic Testing
Systems.
(12) E 587-82 - Recommended Practice for Angle -Beam Examination
by the Contract Method.
e. AWS: American Welding Society, Inc., P.O. Box 351040, 550 LeJeune
Road, Miami, Florida 33135, U.S.A.
(1) D1.1-83 - Structural Welding Code Steel.
f. RCSC: Research Council on Structural Connections, c/o Prof.
Edward R. Estes, Department of Civil Engineering Technology, Old
Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia 23508, U.S.A.
B. SPECIFIC TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND METHODS REQUIRED
1. Compacted Soils, Structural Fill and Backfill:
a. Obtain samples of soil proposed for use:
(1) Test for suitability.
ITLS - 4
(2) Establish optimum moisture/density relationship in
accordance with ASTM D 698.
b. Perform in -place density and moisture tests for each lift of soil
compacted. Such tests shall be made not less frequently than one
(1) test for every 5,000 sq. ft. Retest, after further compac-
tion, soil Which has been compacted to less than the required
density.
2. Bored and Belled Caissons: Perform full-time inspection at the project
site during the drilling of shafts, casings (if used) installation of
reinforcing steel, and placing of concrete in pier shafts.
3. Concrete:
A
a. Laboratory technician shall:
(1) Inspect concrete placement.
a. visually check steel for size, amount, placement and
cleanliness.
(2) Make slump cone tests, and test cylinders as specified below
for control of the concrete consistency.
(3) Obtain samples of aggregates that the Contractor proposes to
use and test for compliance with the specifications.
(4) Review the contractor's proposed mix design to verify the
required strengths and durability. Inspect the materials the
Contractor proposes to use in the project.
(5) Review the amount and type of the admixtures that the
Contractor proposes to use.
(6) Perform the appropriate laboratory tests, including but not
necessarily limited to compression tests of the concrete
cylinders and slump tests of the concrete, to substantiate
the proposed mix designs. Submit the test results clearly
indicating the mix proportions that the Contractor intends
to use.
(7) Inspect and test the materials during all concrete work for
compliance with the specifications and the mix requirements.
(8) Review the consistency of the mix design for each concrete
placement.
b. Cylinder tests:
(1) Provide a minimum of one (1) test of 4 cylinders each on
each day fresh concrete is placed.
ITLS - 5
(2) If any one placement exceeds 50 cubic yards, provide an
additional test of 4 cylinders for each 50 cubic yards, or
any portion thereof placed.
(3) Mold and cure test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 31.
(4) Perform compression tests of concrete cylinders in
accordance with ASTM C 39.
(a) Test to failure one cylinder of each test at 7 days and
two at 28 days.
(c) Mark each cylinder to indicate the location of concrete
from which the specimens are taken.
(5) Perform slump tests in accordance with ASTM C 143 for each
batch of concrete from which test cylinders are made.
,, (a) Test for percentage of entrained air.
4. Asphalt Paving and Base:
a. Base course:
(1) Review Contractor's proposed materials and mix proportions.
(2) Obtain samples and test for compliance with specifications.
(3) Inspect and test materials and mix proportions during full
production, and make minor adjustments or proportions as
necessary.
(4) After further compaction, retest base courses which have
been compacted to less than the required density.
b. Asphalt wearing surface:
(1) Review Contractor's proposed materials and mix proportions.
(2) Obtain samples and test for compliance with specifications.
(3) Inspect and test materials and mix propor.tions:=during full
production, and make minor adjustments or proportions as
necessary.
(4) Perform density and stability tests to ensure compliance
with specifications.
5. Laboratory Tests for Structural Steel:
a. Testing:
(1) Tests of welding: The laboratory shall visually inspect all
field welding. The laboratory shall comply with all
ITLS - 6
i
regulations of the governing local codes and shall certify
in writing, upon completion of the work, as performed in
accordance with the construction documents and all
applicable ordinances.
(a) Qualifications of welders: Verify the certification of
each welder on the job, and his qualifications for the
particular positions in which he will work on the
structure. Requalification of welders may be required
if the welder's work indicates a need. All welders
shall hold current and valid certification for the
particular positions in which he is and/or will be
working.
(b) Continuous inspection of welds: Inspect all field
welded connections by visual, ultrasonic., or other
approved nondestructive tests.
(c) Visual inspection: Required for all field fillet welds,
intermediate passes, and completed welds.
(d) Ultrasonic testing: Required for shop and field butt
welds, full penetration welds, partial penetration
welds and groove welds as described in ultrasonic
testing paragraph.
(2) Ultrasonic testing:
(a) Perform complete ultrasonic testing according to AWS
D1.1, as amended, ASTM E 164, ASTMS E 587 by a
specially trained, qualified technician, who shall
operate the equipment, examine the complete weld and
maintain a record of all welds examined, defects found
and disposition of each defect. All defective welds
shall be repaired and all costs, including retesting,
of defective welds shall be borne by the Contractor.
(b) Initially, all welds requiring ultrasonic testing shall
be tested at the rate of 100 percent of the first 21
welds for each welder in order to establish the
qualifications of each individual welder. If rejectable
defects occur in less than 5 percent of the welds
tested, the frequency of testing may be reduced to 25
percent of the welds for each welder. If the rate of
rejectable defects increases to 5 percent or more, 100
percent testing shall be re—established until the rate
is reduced to less than 5 percent. Calculate the
percentage for each welder independently. Welders who
consistently have a rejectable weld rate of 5 percent
or greater, shall be removed from the work.
(c) When ultrasonic indications arising from the weld root
can be interpreted as either a weld defect or the
backing strip, remove the backing strip at the expense
of the Contractor, and if no root defect is indicated
ITLS — 7
r.
on this retest and no significant amount of the base
and weld metal have been removed, the joint needs no
further repair or welding. If a defect is indicated, it
shall be re ai d -
(d) When ultrasonic testing indicates a possible weld
defect which would require repair, the Contractor may
at his option and expense, elect to perform radio-
graphic testing of the weld to ascertain if the weld
defect exists and requires repair before performing any
corrective measures.
(e) Questionable root indications that prove not to be
defects shall not count against the welder to increase
the test rate.
(f) The ultrasonic instrumentation shall be calibrated by
the Technician to evaluate the quality of the welds in
accordance with AWS D1.1 as amended.
(g) All welds examined visually which indicate the
possibility of having defects shall be tested. This
testing is not included in the number of welds to be
tested out in paragraph (b) above.
(3) Testing of high strength bolted connection:
(a) Perform periodic checks of high strength steel bolt con-
nections in the field. The subcontractor performing the
steel erection shall maintain, at all times during the
erection, a manual torque wrench, and shall provide a
laborer and scaffolding as required for the testing and in-
spection work to be performed by the testing agency. The
testing agency shall also inspect the calibrated, manual or
power torque equipment intended for use in performing the
high strength bolting operations.
(b) Perform testing in accordance with the methods and pro-
cedures specified in Sections 5 and 6 of the specifications
for "Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts"
as approved by the RCSC: Research Council on Structural
Connections of the Engineering Foundation, dated August 14,
1980.
Tests and inspection of steel decking:
(1) The laboratory shall provide inspection of the fastening of the
steel decking by a trained, qualified technician, who shall main-
tain a record of all inspections. All defective work shall be
repaired and all costs including re -inspection shall be borne by
the Contractor.
ITLS - 8
ti
5. Sprayed -on Fireproofing:
a. Field test and inspect the sprayed -on fireproofing wbich is
applied to the structural framing including inspection of all
substrate and the testing of applications for the following:
A
(1) thickness.
(2) Density.
(3) Bond.
(4) Resistance to cracking.
iT1.S — 9
L
PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGNS
The Contractor shall construct and install Project Designation Sign and it
will be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the sign in a
presentable condition at all times on each project under construction.
Maintenance will include painting and repairs as directed by the Architect.
It will
be the responsibility of
the Contractor to
have the project sign
lettered
and painted in accordance
with the enclosed
specifications.
The project sign shall be constructed as per City of Fort Worth require-
ments.
The sign shall be painted as follows:
1. Border: White
2. Background: Blue
3. Lettering: White
4. Longhorn: White
The quality of the paint, painting and lettering on the whole sign shall be
approved by the Architect.
The height and arrangement of the lettering shall be in accordance with the
detail sheet specifications. The letter types shall be as follows:
I. "City of Fort Worth": Bookman Demi Italic.
2. "Project Title and Scheduled Completion Date,":Helvetica.
The sign shall be constructed of 3/4" fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or
better.
The project sign shall be mounted on two 4 x 4 wolmanized. wood posts at
location designated by the plans and specifications or as directed by the
Architect.
-1-
1.
141•
tiS• �Ojrt
Ct
at
ro.or
eedused
sett
Sder �ga7
m
pace
S� f�
,LIFIGP[Io�S
p�cP,� 5nc�t 5p`
The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation and removal of all
signs. The number of signs will be designated in the Special Provisions of
the Specifications. The signs must be located so as not to create traffic
or safety hazards to vehicle operators or pedestrians to prevent their see-
ing other vehicles or pedestrians maneuvering in the vicinity of the signs.
This work, which includes the painting of the signs, installing and remov-
ing the signs, ...furnishing the materials, supports and connections to the
supports, and maintenance to the satisfaction of the Architect shall be a
subsidiary item to the contract.
A
-2 -
DAVIS BACON ACT APPLIES FOR WAGE RATES. WAGE RATES
WILL BE PUBLISHED IN AN ADDENDA.
AVERAGE DAYS
MONTH RAIN (1)
Renovation & Repair to cue
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
WEATHER TABLE
INCHES
RAINFALL (2)
SNOW/ICE
PELLETS (3)
JANUARY
6.8
1.65
0.6
FEBRUARY
6.3
1.93
0.4
MARCH
7.2
2.42
0.1
APRIL
8.2
3.63
0.0
MAY
8.7
4.27
0.0
JUNE
6.0
2.59
0.0
JULY
4.8
2.00
0.0
AUGUST
4.6
1.76
0.0
SEPTEMBER
6.9
3.31
0.0
OCTOBER
6.2
2.47
0.0
NOVEMBER
5.8
1.76
DECEMBER
6.2
1.67
0.)
ANNUALLY 77.7 29.46 1.2
(1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more.
(2) Average normal precipitation, in inches.
(3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more.
* Less than 0.05 inch.
This table is based on information reported from Dallas -Fort Worth Regional
Airport, Texas. Latitude 32° 54' N, longitude 97° 02' W, elevation (ground)
551 ft.
Means are based on records covering a period of 33 years. Normals based on
record for the 195 1- 1980 period.
WT - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Souchside Multi -purpose Cancer
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
1.01 PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
A. The project consist of renovation and repair of the Souchside Multi-
purpose Center located at 959 E. Rosedale Street in Fort Worth, Texas as shown
on the drawings and described in the specifications. The security conscruc-
tion fence; temporary security services; demolition, general; electrical demo-
lition/re-installation; mechanical demolition/re-installation; and structural
reconstruction work shall be bid as separate items as indicated on the bid
form.
1.02 OWNER OCCUPANCY:
A. Owner Occupancy: The Owner will vacate the existing building for the
duration of demolition and reconstruction work, including removal of furniture
and equipment which is not attached to building elements.
B. There shall be no storage of material or equipment in the existing
building. There shall be no fires on the site or in the building. There
shall i e%no dumping on Owner's property.
C. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available
at all times. Do not use these areas for parking.
1.03 WORK SCHEDULE:
A. Within 30 days after award of contract and prior to starting any
work, the Contractor shall prepare a schedule setting out the ancicipated
daces for the start and complecion of the work of each trade.
B.. ,.Prosecute the work rigorously and make every effort to start and
complete each phase of the work on or before the dates stated.
1.04 WORK SEQUENCE:
A. General: The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to,
the following items and shall be accomplished in accordance with notes on
drawings. Salvage and removal of indicated items shall be accomplished by
qualified personnel skilled and experienced in the particular trade required
for such work.
B. Provide security construction fence surrounding property.
C. Provide temporary security services.
D. Demolition, General
1. Remove existing cabinets; itemize, catalog, and provide off -site
storage area.
2. Remove interior hollow metal doors in hollow metal frames and
interior wood doors in hollow metal frames, including attached door hardware;
legally dispose of doors & frames off site. Hardware shall be itemized, cat-
aloged & stored off -site.
3. Remove overhead rolling grilles & frames & legally dispose of.
01010 - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
4. Remove toilet partitions and toilet accessories; itemize, cata-
log, and provide off -site storage areas.
5. Remove interior identifying devices , i.e. building directory,
cast plaque, and other identifying devices attached to interior partitions;
itemize, catalog, and provide off -site storage area.
b. Remove and legally dispose of operable walls off -site.
7. Remove operable partitions; itemize, catalog, and provide off -
site storage area.
8. Remove display case and kitchen equipment; itemize, catalog, and
provide off -site storage area.
9. Remove and legally dispose of interior drywall partitions off -
site.
10. Remove and legally dispose of gypsum board ceilings and furring
off -site.
H . Remove and legally dispose of interior brick walls off -site.
12. Remove designated exterior aluminum storefront; itemize, catalog,
and provide off -site storage area.
13. Remove metal ladder to roof hatch; catalog and provide off -site
storage area.
14. Remove and legally dispose of acoustical ceilings and metal ceil-
ing grid off -site.
15. Remove interior concrete slab, including existing floor covering
and legally dispose of off -site.
E. Structural Demolition/Reconstruction
I. Drill piers, place reinforcing steel and concrete.
2. Install carton forms, reinforcing steel, and place and finish new
concrete slab.
3. Repair existing roof structural members.
F. Mechanical Demolition/Reconstruction:
1. Remove thermostats, supply and return registers and grilles;
itemize, catalog, and pj�uvidc cff-c-i*® ofnraop areas.
2. Re -install all salvaged items. v
G. Plumbing Demolition/Reconstruction:
1. Remove plumbing fixtures, including attached fittings; itemize,
catalog, and provide off -site storage areas.
2. Remove water heaters and supply and waste piping; itemize, cata-
log, and provide off -site storage areas.
3. Re -install all salvaged items.
H. Electrical Demolition/Reconstruction:
I. Remove lighting fixtures; itemize, catalog, and provide off -site
storage areas.
2. Remove electrical switches, outlets, and conduit; itemize, cata-
log, and provide off -site storage areas.
3. Re -install all salvaged items.
01010 - 2
1.
•i:
h
QNOONE■
�
iisii
■SONO
■ng
- -
MENEM
DGRESS SCNEo
mmmm ■mmm�����momiomimoimommosiis■
■ISIMMIMMEN��������i������ii�■
MEMO 0 �����iiiiii����������■
■MINIMMAIMMmonsommomm
��■
■�����si�i�i�ii�ii s ■����s��a■
■��ii�»ii�iii��i� � �'_� ��ii��i■
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATIVES City of Fort Worth
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS:
.A. Refer to the various specifications sections which contain the.perti-
ment requirements for materials and methods to achieve the work described
herein.
E. The amount shown in the bid form for each alternative shall include
all overhead, profit, insurance, and other costs incidental to the performance
under the alternative.
C. The amount shown in the bid form for each alternative shall include
the making of changes, the installing of materials and equipment, and the
adapting of existing or new work as necessary to meet the requirements of the
alternative.
D. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the alternatives: 'The
Owner further reserves the right to accept any of the alternatives {by change
order,) at the prices quoted in the bid form for a period of 60 days after the
date of the "Notice to Proceed".
E. Notification: Immediately following the award of contract, the
Contractor shall prepare and distribute to each entity or person to by involv-
ed in the performance of the work, a notification of the status of each
alternative scheduled herein. Indicate which alternatives have been: 1)
Accepted, 2) Rejected, or 3) Deferred for consideration at a latex date as
indicated. Include full description of negotiated modifications to alterna-
tives, if any.
1.02 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATIVES:
A. Alternative No. 1: Contractor shall state in the bid form the amount
to be added to the base bid for demolition of ductwork from ai=handling unit
No. 6 and providing new ductwork for airhandling unit No. 6.
END OF SECTION
01030 - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Within 60 days after date of Contract, submit to Engineer a schedule
of submittals.
B. Submit to the Engineer shop drawings, product data, and samples re-
quired by specification sections.
1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. Prepared by a qualified detailer.
B. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on
Contract Documents.
C. Reproductions for Submittals: Blue line or black line print.
1.03,.PR0DUCT DATA:
A. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
I. Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable to
the work.
2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information
specifically applicable to the work.
B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, per-
formance charts, illustrations, and other standard descriptive data.
1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products
or models.
2. Show dimensions and clearances required.
3. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
1.04 SAMPLES:
A. Office samples shall be sufficient size and quantity to clearly
illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of product or material, with integral-
ly related parts and attachment devices.
2. Full range of color samples.
B. Field Samples and Mock-ups:
I. Erect at project site at location acceptable to Engineer.
2. Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of all
trades required in finish work.
1.05 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Submit shop drawing and product data as soon as practicable after
award of contract, but not later than 30 days before dates reviewed submittals
will be needed.
01340 - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
B. Submit all office samples as soon as practicable, but not later than
60 days after award of contract to facilitate color selections and coordina-
tion of the various materials. Final color selections and release of shop
drawings contingent upon color selection will not be made until all samples
have been submitted, coordinated, and approved.
C. Submit six blue line or black line prints.
D. Submit six of copies of product datum.
E. Submit number of samples specified in each specification section.
F. Accompany submittals with transmittal letter, in duplicate contain-
ing:
i. Date.
2. Project title and number.
3. Contractor's name and address.
4. The number of each shop drawing, product data, and sample sub-
mitted.
y 5. Notification of deviations from contract documents.
6. Other pertinent data.
G. Submittals shall include:
1. Date and revision dates.
2. Project title and number.
3. Names of Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, and Manu-
facturer.
4. Identification of product or material and specification section
number.
5. Relation to adjacent structure, materials or other critical
features.
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Applicable reference standards.
8. A blank space 3" x 4" for Engineer's stamp.
9. Other pertinent data required by specifications.
10. Identification of deviations from contract documents.
11. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of
submittal, verification of field measurements, compliance with contract docu-
ments, and coordination with requirements of work.
1.06 RE -SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Re -submission: For shop drawings and product data not approved by
Engineer, make corrections and changes in submittals required by Engineer and
re -submit until approved.
B. Shop Drawings:
I. Revise initial drawings and re -submit as specified for initial
submittal.
2. Indicate on drawings any changes which have been made, other than
those requested by Engineer.
C. Product Data and Samples: Submit new data and samples as specified
for initial submittal.
01340 - 2
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
1.07 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AFTER REVIEW:
A. Distribute reviewed copies of shop drawings and product data which
carry Engineer's stamp as follows: Contractor's file, project site file,
record documents file, other prime contractors.
A
END OF SECTION
01340 - 3
11
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES .AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1.01 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER:
A. Contractor shall make all arrangements with the Owner for access to
existing electrical service; provide all equipment necessary for temporary
power and lighting; pay all charges for the equipment, and the installation of
same. Owner will pay for current consumed during construction operations.
Contractor may access existing electrical at points designated by the Engi-
neer. Contractor shall verify location of service and adequacy of service for
construction operations.
B. Provide power distribution as required throughout the structure of
120/208 V, three phase, four wire, 60 cycle, A/C supply. Terminate power
distribution at convenient locations in the building.
C. Provide a temporary lighting system as required to satisfy minimum
requirements of safety and security. The system shall provide not less than
1/4 watt per square foot of floor area wherever work is being performed. Use
at least 100 watt lamps.
D. All temporary wiring and equipment for power and lighting shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the governing codes.
E. Provide adequate temporary support and protection of existing panel -
boards which are to remain during demolition and re -construction phase. Pan-
elboards which are damaged during demolition and re -construction shall be
replaced at no cost to the Owner.
F. At completion of construction all temporary systems shall be removed.
1.02 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE:
A. Contractor shall provide temporary
site for the use of his personnel and the
tractor shall pay for all use charges.
1.03 TEMPORARY WATER:
telephone service at the project
Engineer's representative. Con -
A. Provide and maintain temporary water supply during the course of
construction. Contractor may access water at locations designated by Engi-
neer. Contractor shall verify location of service. Contractor shall assume
responsibility for the maintenance of existing system. Owner will pay water
bill.
1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES:
A. Furnish and maintain adequate sanitary toilet facilities for use of
all construction personnel. Portable facilities as approved by city health
authorities, properly maintained, may be used. Upon completion of construc-
tion the Contractor shall remove the temporary toilets and restore the site to
an acceptable condition.
01500 - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth •,.,
1.05 BARRIERS AND FENCES:
A. Provide fencing, barricades, and other protection required to enclose
the construction area and provide public protection. Such temporary protec-
tion shall conform to the requirements of the applicable City Ordinances of
the City of Fort Worth.
B. Erect and maintain a substantial construction fence at the project
site. Fence shall be 6 feet high, constructed of W' i.d. line posts spaced
approximately 10 feet apart and 2'q" i.d. corner posts with No. If -gage galva-
nized chain link fabric fencing stretched over the supports. Provide gates,
hung with heavy strap hinges and fitted with hasps for locking. Maintain
fence in serviceable condition during construction and until the building is
enclosed, protected against vandalism, and the premises are safe. Remove the
fence and gates upon completion of project and completely fill the post holes.
1.06 TEMPORARY SECURITY SERVICES:
A. Contractor shall provide security guard services at the project site
to prevent theft and vandalism. Security guard shall be on the project site
at all{times when contractor operations have ceased 'for the day.
Guard shall not be armed. Communication to Police Dept. shall be provided.
B. Provide uninterrupted security guard services from 3:30 p.m. to 7:00
a.m., i.e. there shall be not less than one security guard on the site at all
times during these hours. In addition, provide uninterrupted security guard
services on weekends, holidays, and weather days. Refer to weather table for
bidding number of weather days.
1.07 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND STORAGE AREAS:
A. Limited construction and storage area is available on the project
site; therefore, Contractor shall be responsible for securing and paying all
costs izivolved for adequate offsite construction and storage areas.
B. Salvaged materials, fixtures, and items which are removed to offsite
storage areas shall be stored in a weathertight building with adequate fire
and security protection. All salvaged materials, fixtures, and items damaged
during storage, or during transporting to and from offsite storage areas shall
be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
1.08 PROTECTIVE FACILITIES:
A. Provide and maintain temporary guardrails, handrails, and covers for
floor, roof, and wall openings, vertical shafts and stairways. If movement of
the protective facilities is required by a subcontractor to perform his work,
it shall be the responsibility of that subcontractor to give prior notifica-
tion to the Contractor and to replace the protective facilities in a satisfac-
tory manner.
1.09 SITE LAYOUT:
A. Contractor shall employ an experienced, competent and approved surve-
yor to layout all work, building lines and elevations and to verify same from
time to time during the progress of the work.
01500-2
1.10 WATER CONTROL:
A. From commencement to completion
construction free from accumulation of
equipment to keep excavations dry. Slop
from building.
1_11 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE:
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
e
of construction keep the site and
water. Provide pumping and bailing
ground to drain surface water away
A. Provide and maintain a weathertight temporary field office with
adequate illumination and glazed operable windows. During cold weather the
field office shall be equipped with a heating device to maintain 55'F. tem-
perature during the work day. During hot weather the office shall be equipped
with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 80°F. Provide
and pay fuel and electric energy. Equip temporary field office with one 10-
inch outdoor -type thermometer. Mount thermometer at convenient outside 1'oca-
tion, not in sunlight.
1.12 PROTECTION OF FINISHED SURFACES:
f.
A. Protect all finished surfaces from damage.
B. All surface damaged during execution of the work shall be -restored to
the original condition by the Contractor.
1.13 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION:
A. Contractor shall provide adequate fire extinguishers on the premises
during the course of construction, of the type and size recommended to control
fires, which may result from the particular work being performed in accordance
with the local Fire Marshal and Fire Codes.
B. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary
heating units, and similar sources of ignition for possible fires.
END OF SECTION
01500 - 3
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.01 PRODUCT LIST:
A. Within 60 days after date of Contract, submit to Engineer five copies
of complete list of products and materials which are proposed for installa-
tion.
B. Prepare list on basis of each specification section.
C. For products specified under reference standards, include with list-
ing of each product:
I. Name and address of manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data, including performance and test data, refer-
ence standards.
1.02 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS:
A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any pro-
duct meeting standards, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers,
select any product and manufacturer named.
C. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer,
there is no option unless a substitution is approved as specified below.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer,
followed by the words "No Substitution," there is no option.
1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Within 30 days after date of contract, Engineer will consider formal
requests from Contractor for substitutions of products in place of those spec-
ified.
B. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Include in request:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution
with contract documents.
2. For products:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, including product description
performance and test data and reference standards.
c. Samples, if applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was
used and date of installation.
3. For construction methods:
a. Detailed written descriptions of proposed method.
b. Complete drawings illustrating methods of revisions.
4. Itemized comparison of qualities of proposed substitution with
product or method specified.
5. Changes required in other elements of work because of substitu-
tion.
01630 - I
1.
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
6. Effect on construction schedule.
C. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contrac-
tor:
I. Has personally investigated proposed product method and deter-
mined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
2. Will provide same warranties for substitution as for product or
method specified.
3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the
work, making such changes as may be required for the work to be complete in
all respects.
4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility
and related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent.
D. Substitutions will not be considered if:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data
submittal without formal request submitted in accord with Article 1.03 of this
section.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of contract docu-
ments.
E. If substitution is not approved or accepted, Contractor shall furnish
specified product or method.
END OF SECTION
01630 - 2
Souchside Fulci-purpose Center
Cit7 Of Fort Worth
SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Types of Selective Demolition Work: Demolition requires the selec-
tive removal and subsequent off -site storage or disposal of the items as iden-
tified on the drawings and in Section 010I0 - Su=ary of Work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Schedule: Submic proposed methods and operacions of selective demo-
licion to Engineer for review prior to scare of work. Include in schedule
coordination for shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Occupanc7: Owner will vacate existing building for the duration of
demolition and reconst�uccion work.
B. Conditions of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual
condition of items or scruccures to be demolished. Conditions existing ac
time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner in so far
as practicable. However, variations within structure may occur by Owner's
removal and salvage operations prior to scare of selective demolition work.
C. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted.
D. Traffic: Conduct demolition operacions and removal of debris to
ensure minimum interference with use of roads, streets, and walks, and ocher
adjacent occupied or used facilities.
E. Protections: Ensure safe passage of persons around area of demoli-
tion. Conduct operations cc prevent injury to adjacent buildings, scruccures,
ocher facilities, and persons. Provide interior and exterior shoring, brac-
ing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures.
F. Damages: Promptly repair.damages caused to adjacent fac-licies by
demolition operations at no cost to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Nat applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.0I PREPARATION:
A. Carry out demolition work cc cause as tittle inconvenience to adja-
cent occupied building areas as possible.
B. Salvage: N.acerials and equipment which are noted and shown to be
salvaged and re -used in new locations or re -used for patching shall be care-
fully recoved and safely scored (in Bonded Facility) until ready for re -install-
ation. Storage of materials in bid package 3 shall provide sufficient space for
inspection of each item stored. Each contractor shall verify that operating e-
quipment and appliances are in working order & shall document defiencies to Ar-
chitect prior to appliance/equipment removal.
02070-1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
3.02 DEMOLITION:
A. Pollution Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and
other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to
lowest practical level. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or
objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. Clean adjacent
structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of
work.
B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate
new work, including that required for connection to the existing building.
Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections.
3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS:
A. General: Remove from site debris, rubbish, and other materials re-
sulting from demolition operations.
a. Transport materials removed from demolished structures and legally
dispose of off site.
3.04 CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR:
A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and dem-
olished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas
broom clean.
B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Repair adja-
cent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work.
END OF SECTION
02070 - 2
Y
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 02200 - EXCAVATING, FILLING, AND GRADING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Soil Testing and Inspection Service: Provide soil testing and in-
spection service for quality control testing during earthwork operations in
accordance with the requirements of Independent Testing Laboratory Services
document.
B. Test Reports: Submit test reports in accordance with the require-
ments of Independent Testing Laboratory Services document.
1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Site Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not
intended as representations or warrants of continuity of such conditions
between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be
responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor.
Data are made available for the convenience of the Contractor.
B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the
areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of
protection during earthwork operations.
C. The use of explosives will not be permitted.
D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations
occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Protect struc-
tures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other ha-
zards crbated by earthwork operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS:
A. Backfill and Fill Materials: Provide acceptable soil materials for
backfill and fill, free of clay lumps, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable, and other deleterious
matter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered
when establishing required grade elevations.
B. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations. Shore and
brace where sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or
stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in
a safe condition until completion of backfilling.
02200 - 1
ti
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
,C. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water
from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding
area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to pre-
vent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes
detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations.
D. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions
shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.101, and extending a sufficient
distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of con-
crete formwork, installation of services, other construction required, and for
inspection.
3_D2 COMPACTION:
A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing mini-
mum percentage of density specified for each area classification. Percentages
of.compaction are based on ASTM D. "6 Standard Proctor Density Tests. Compac-
tion shall be uniform aver entire area.
B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Provide not less than
following percentages of maximum density of soil material compacted at/or
slightly above optimum moisture content, for the actual density of each layer
of soil material -in -place.
I. Structures and Slabs: Prior to placing the carton forms, scarify
the upper six inches of the subgrade and uniformly compact to a minimum of 90%
and maximum of 100Z.
3.03 BACKFII.Z AND Fnl:
A. Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade eleva-
tions, for each area classification listed below.
I. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or
combination of both.
2. under building slabs, use satisfactory excavated or morrow
material, or combination of both.
B. Backfill excavations as promptly .as work permits, but not until
completion of the following:
1. Acceptance by Engineer of construction below finish grade.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of under-
ground.utilit ies.
3. Removal of concrete formwork.
4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with
satisfactory material.
3. Removal of trash and debris.
C. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in lay-
ers not more than 9" in loose depth. Before compaction, moisten or aerate
each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each
layer to the required percentage of maximum density for each area classifica-
tion. Do not place backfill. material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
02200 - 2
3.04 GRADING:
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this
section. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with
uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between
such points and existing grades.
B. Grading Surface of Subgrade: Grade smooth and even, free of voids,
compacted, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance
of �" when tested with a 10' straightedge.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Quality Control Testing During Construction. Testing service must
inspect and approve fill and backfill areas before further construction work
is performed thereon. Tests of fill and backfill areas will be taken in ac-
cordance with requirements of Independent Testing Laboratory Services docu-
ment.
I. Backfill: Take at least 2 field density tests, at locations and
elevations as directed.
3.06 MAINTENANCE:
A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic
and erosion, and keep free of trash and debris. Repair and re-establish
grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are
disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify
surface, re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further construc-
tion.
C. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including
excavated material, trash and debris, from the Owner's property and legally
dispose of it.
END OF SECTION
02200 - 3
0
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 02370 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PIERS
PART i - GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Tolerances: Center line of the top of the drilled shaft shall be
within + 2"-4" of the plan location. Should underground utilities interfere
with plan location of drilled shaft, consultant engineer prior to drilling.
Drilled shaft shall be plumb to within one and one-half inches the first ten
feet plus one percent of the depth greater than ten feet.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings; Concrete Reinforcing: Comply with the requirements of
Section 03300 - Concrete Work.
B. Data Reports: Log each drilled shaft by recording not less than the
following information:
1. Identifying mark or number, use same identification mark shown on
drawings.
2. Shaft diameter.
3. Bottom elevation.
4. Top elevation.
5. Penetration.
C. Complete logs at the end of each day and submit a copy to Engineer
for review.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Concrete and Reinforcement: Comply with the requirements of Section
03300 - Concrete Work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Drilling: Drill shafts with a power auger drilling machine designed
for that purpose. Locate accurately and drill to the required size and depth.
B. Cleaning: Machine clean the bottom of shafts of loose material and
debris. Dewater the shafts. Shafts shall be inspected prior to placing
concrete.
C. Reinforcing Steel: Form a cage as a structural element to maintain
its shape and proportion throughout the placing of concrete and extraction of
casing. Block reinforcement steel up off the bottom at least three inches and
fasten in place without contact with the sides of the shaft.
02370 - 1
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multipurpose Center
City of Fort Worth
D. Placing, Concrete: Place concrete in each pier shaft within two hours
of completion of the excavation. Use tremies or suitable chutes so that
concrete will not have a free vertical drop in excess of three feet. Do not
use mechanical vibrators for consolidating concrete. Consolidate by hand only
to embed reinforcement and eliminate voids.
E. Casing: If caving soil or flowing water are encountered, use a
casing to prevent caving and to exclude water. Casing may be temporary type,
to be withdrawn as the concrete is placed. If a temporary casing is used,
withdraw the casing as the concrete is placed so that the bottom of the casing
remains below the top of the concrete throughout the placing operation or
until the top of the concrete reaches stable soil free from seepage. Do not
rotate the casing during withdrawal.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Concrete shall be sampled and tested for quality control during the
placement of concrete in accordance with Section 03300 - Concrete Work.
R. Provide full-time inspection in accordance with the requirements of
Independent Testing Laboratory Services document.
END OF SECTION
02370 - 2
11
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
SECTION 03300 - CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions of the
latest editions of the following codes, specifications, and standards:
ACT 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings."
ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete."
ACI 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection."
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual for Standard Practice."
B. Workmanship: Contractor is responsible for correction of concrete
work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength,
tolerances, and finishes. Correct deficient concrete.
C. Provide testing and inspection service for quality control testing
during concrete operations in accordance with the requirements of Independent
Testing Laboratory Services document.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Shop Drawings; Concrete Reinforcement: Submit in accordance with
Section 01340. Include drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of
concrete reinforcement. Comply with the latest edition of ACI 315 "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures"; showing bar
schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements of concrete
reinforcement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS:
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Construct formwork for exposed
concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood -faced or other
acceptable panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, ex-
posed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable size to minimize number of
joints. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure
of newly -placed concrete without bow or deflection. Use plywood complying with
U.S. Product Standards PS-1 "B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class
1.
B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which
will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other
acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side
for tight fit.
C. Corrugated Fiberboard Carton Forms: The forms shall be double faced,
corrugated fiberboard, constructed of waterproof paper and laminated with
waterproof adhesive. Forms shall be designed to support not less than 350
03300 - I
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
psf, and shall not lose more than 15% of the original strength after being
completely submerged in water for 24 hours and then dried naturally. Fiber-
board forms shall be assembled with steel banding at 4'-0" o.c. or by adequate
stapling, provided liners and flutes are impregnated with waterproofing.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS:
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric in flat
sheet only.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement in-
cluding bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting,
and fastening reinforcing bars and welded 'wire fabric in place. Use wire bar
type supports complying with CRSI recommendations. Wood, brick, plastic, and
other devices will not be acceptable.
2.03-CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, domestic manufacture. Use only
one brand of cement throughout the project.
B. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33.
1. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay,
lumps, or other deleterious substances.
2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing
no clay, mud, loam or foreign matter, as follows:
a. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone.
b. Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or
bankrun gravel is not permitted.
c. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1�".
C. Water: Clean, fresh, free from oil, acid, organic matter or other
deleterious substances.
D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
E. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, containing no set -
accelerating or set -retarding compounds, chlorides, fluorides or nitrates.
F. Fly ash and calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1%
chloride ions are not permitted.
2..04 RELATED MATERIAL:
A. Moisture -Vapor Barrier: Provide black polyethylene sheet moisture barrier
cover over prepared base material, minimum 6 mils thick.
B. Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I.
03300 - 2
41
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
C. Bonding Compound: Polyvinyl acetate base. Product/.manufacturer; one
of the following:
Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co.
Weldcrete; Larsen Products Corp.
D. Chemical Hardener: Colorless aqueous solution containing a blend of
magnesium fluosilicate and zinc fluosilicate combined .with a wetting agent,
containing not less than 2 lbs. of fluosilicates per gal. . Product/manufac-
turer; one of the following:
Surfhard; Euclid Chemical Co.
Lapidolith; Sonneborn - Contech
Saniseal; Master Builders
2.05 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN . OF MIXES:
A. Prepare design mix for concrete, to produce a minimum 28.day campres-
sive strength of 4000 psi. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to
the Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
B. Proportion mixes by laboratory trial batch, using materials to be
employed on the project for each class of concrete required, complying with
ACI 211. 1.
C. Submit written reports to the Engineer of each proposed mix for each
class concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Da not .begin concrete
production until mixes have been -reviewed by the Engineer.
D. Admixtures:
1. Use air -entraining admixture in exterior -exposed concrete_ Add
air -entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in
concrete at the point of placement having air content of 2 to 4 percent.
2. Use water -reducing admixtures in all concrete in strict com-
-pliance with the manufacturer's directions. Use amounts of admixtures as
recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time
of placing. Adjust quantities of admix tures.as required to maintain quality
control.
E. Slump limits: Proportion and design mixes to -result in concrete slump
at the point of placement of not less than 3" and not more than 5"
2_06 CONCRETE MIXING:
A. ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and
as herein specified. Delete the references for allowing additional water to
be added to the batch for material with insufficient slump_ Addition of water
to the batch still not be permitted.
B. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to -rapid setting
of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C 94 may be re-
quired. When the air temperature is between 85'F_ and 90*F., reduce the
mixing and delivery time from 1� hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temp-
erature is above 90°F., reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
03300 - 3
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi —purpose Center
City of Fort Worth -
3.03 PLACING REINFORCEMENT:
A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and Concrete Rein—
forcing Steel Instituters recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars,"
for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and
other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against dis—
placement by formwork, construction, or concrete —placement operations. Locate
and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and han—
gers.
D. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverages for concrete
protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold
reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties
so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in as long length as practicable. Lap
adjoining pieces at 12" and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adja—
cent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
3.04 JOINTS:
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints, which
are not shown on the drawings, so as not to impair the strength and appearance
of the structure, as acceptable to the Engineer.
B. Provide keyways at least 12" deep in all construction joints in walls
and slabs; acceptable bulkheads designed for this purpose may be used for
slabs.
C. FPlace construction joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement.
Continue all reinforcement across construction joints.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. General: - Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other
embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by,
cast —in —place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and
directions provided by suppliers of the items to be attached thereto.
B. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads
and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain the required elevations and
contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently
strong to support the types of screeds required. Align the concrete surface
to the elevation of the screed strips by the use of strike —off templates..
3.06 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES:
A. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form —coating compound
before reinforcement is placed.
03300 — 5
11
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
J. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straight -edge and
strikeoff. Use bull floats and darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free
of humps or hollow. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not
disturb the slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations or while
seep water is present on slab surface.
K. Maintain reinforcing in the proper position during concrete placement
operations.
L. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or
reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing- actions, or low
temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306.
M. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exists that would
seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in
compliance with ACI 305.
3.08 FINISH OR FORMED SURFACES:
A. Rough Form Finish: Provide rough form finish for formed concrete
surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or by other construction. This
is the concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form facing ma-
terial used, with defective areas repaired and patched as specified, and fins
and other projections exceeding ;" in height rubbed down with wood blocks.
B. Smooth Form Finish: Provide smooth form finish for formed concrete
surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating material
bonded to the concrete, such as water -proofing, damp -proofing, painting and
other similar system. This is the as -cast concrete surface as obtained with
the form facing material, with defective areas repaired and patched as speci-
fied, and fins and other projections on the surface completely removed and
smoothed.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At horizontal offsets and similar un-
formed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and
finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final sur-
face treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces.
3.09 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES:
A. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces that
are to be exposed to view and slab surfaces that are to be covered with
resilient flooring, carpet or thin film finish coating system. After float-
ing, begin first trowel finish operation using a 4 blade power -driven trowel.
Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved
over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand troweling operation,
free of trowel marks., uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface
plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10' when tested with a )0' straightedge.
Grind smooth surface defects which telegraph through applied floor covering
system.
B. Chemical -Hardener Finish: Apply chemical -hardener finish to interior
concrete floor which will be exposed -to -view. Apply liquid chemical hardener
after complete curing and drying of the concrete surface. Apply proprietary
chemical hardeners in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
03300 - 7
4
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fort Worth
3.10 CONCRETE CURING:
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and
excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively
proper hardening. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared
from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for
not less than 72 hours. Begin final curing procedures immediately following
initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at
least 168 cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive) during which concrete
has been exposed to air temperatures above 50°F. Avoid rapid drying at end of
final curing period.
B. Concrete surfaces shall be cured by application of curing compound.
Provide membrane curing by applying membrane -forming curing compound to damp
concrete surfaces as soon as water film has disappeared. Apply uniformly in 2-
coat continuous operation by power -spray equipment in accordance with manufac-
turers directions. Apply second coat at right angle to first coat.
3.11 REMOVAL OF FORMS:
A
A. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams,
walls, and similar parts of the work, may be removed 48 hours after placing
concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form
removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are main-
tained.
B. Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, slabs,
and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 days and
until concrete has attained design minimum compressive strength at 28-days.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS:
A. Filling In: Fill-in holes and opening left in concrete structures
for passage of work by other trades, after work of other trades is in place.
Mix, place, and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in -place
construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required
to complete the work.
3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS:
A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with
cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, but only when acceptable to
the Engineer.
B. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over �" diameter, and holes
left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete, but in no case to a depth
of less than 1". Make edge of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface.
Before placing cement mortar, thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -
coat the area to be patched with neat cement grout. Proprietary patching
compounds may be used when acceptable to the Engineer.
03300 - 8
Renovation & Repair to the
Southside Multi -purpose Center
City of Fart Worth
3.14 QUALITY CONTROL, TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. Concrete shall be sampled and tested for quality control during the
placement of concrete in accordance with the requirements of Independent Test-
ing Laboratory Services document.
B. Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of
in -place concrete, when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and
other characteristics have not been attained. Test to determine adequacy of
concrete will be by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42. Contractor
shall pay for such tests conducted, and any other additional resting as may be
required, when unacceptable concrete is verified.
i
END OF SECTION
O33DO — 9
41
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
NOTICE:
THE MECHANICAL SECTIONS WHICH FOLLOW ARE PROVIDED FOR CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION
IN BIDDING. THESE SPECIFICATIONS WERE WRITTEN FOR THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION
OF THIS PROJECT.
TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF THE PROJECT WAS CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORD-
ANCE WITH THE THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
WHERE NEW MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE RE -CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION.
SHOULD THE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION BE AT VARIANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION; PROVIDED THAT NEW MATERIALS RE-
QUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DO NOT VIOLATE CURRENT CODE REQUIRE-
MENTS.
15 - I
i SECTION 15010- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL WORK
1.01 GENERAL:
A. These General Requirements for Mechanical and Electrical Work
are intended to be complementary to and not instead of Division
1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications. The Mechanical
and Electrical Contractor shall include the conditions imposed
by the "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS" in his bidding. The term
"Contractor used in these sections of the Specifications shall
mean the "Mechanical Subcontractor" or "Electrical Subcontractor"
as indicated in the corresponding sections.
1.02 CODES AND PERMITS:
A. All labor, equipment, and materials shall be in strict accordance
with the rules and recommendations of the National Board of Fire
' Underwriters, American Gas Association, National Electrical Code
State and Municipal Laws, Codes, and/or Regulations and other
authorities that may have lawful jurisdiction over the work being
done. All work shall be done in compliance with.the Occupational
Safety and Health Act (OSHA) latest edition. Each piece of
electrical equipment to be installed shall bear a U.L. label.
' B. The Contractor shall secure all necessary permits, licenses, and
inspections required by law for the completion of the work, cost
of which shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor
shall secure and pay for all certificates of approval that may
be required and deliver them to the Architect before final accept-
ance of the work.
1.03 GENERAL PROTECTION:
} A. Each Contractor will be responsible for properly storing and
protecting his materials, supplies, tools and equipment on the
site and in the building. After materials, equipment and
machinery are installed, he is responsible for properly pro-
tecting his installation until the work is completed and accepted.
Any damage from whatever cause will be made good by the Contractor
whose work is damaged, without cost to the Owner, whether the
repair is made with his own materials and by his own workman,
or by others under his direction.
.04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
A. Drawings accompanying these specifications show the extent of
the work to be done. The evident intent of these documents shall
be carried out in every particular.
15010-1
B. It shall .be the responsibility of this Contractor to examine
d the Engineer's drawings and specifications for general con-
struction in connection with this work. This Contractor shall
carefully examine the drawings to determine the general con-
struction conditions, and shall familiarize himself with all
limitations caused by such conditions and take cognizance of
same in submitting his bid. .
C. Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and specifications
shall be brought to the attention of the Architect before
contract is signed; other wise, this Contractor shall be
r responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be
necessary to accommodate his particular apparatus.
D. The plans are intended to show the general arrangement and
the extent of the work contemplated. The exact location and
arrangement of all parts shall be determined after equipment
N has been approved by the Engineer, as the work progresses, to
conform in the best possible manner with the surroundings,
and as directed by the Engineer.
' E. -Figured dimensions shall be followed without regard to scale.
Where no figures or notations are given, the plans shall be
followed.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL DATA:
A. This Contractor shall furnish detailed shop drawings in
accordance with requirements stipulated in Division 1,
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
B. Shop Drawings and/or. catalog data shall be submitted on the
following items but shall not be limited to these items:
plumbing fixtures, drains, grilles and registers, insulation,
valves, exhaust fans, A/C units, duct insulation, piping and
controls, electrical devices, lighting fixtures, transformers,
disconnect switches, wire, distribution and lighting panels,
electrical controls, duct heater, etc.
i 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. This Contractor shall maintain a complete set of drawings
upon which all deviations and changes shall be legibly recorded
and actual installed position of all items shown in accordance
with requirements of General Provisions. Drawings shall include
equipment, piping, conduits, circuiting, ducts, dampers, access
panels, control valves, and drains. -Water, gas, and sanitary
mains shall be accurately located by dimensions.
B. Record drawings shall be delivered to the Architect in good
condition upon completion and acceptance of the work and before
final payment is made.
15010-2
1
1.07 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES:
A. The location, size and elevation of all existing facilities,
points of services, interferences and other similar miscellaneous
information is shown on the drawings in accordance with data
furnished this office by the Owner. The information is to the
best knowledge of the Engineers, accurate and complete but
the Engineers do not guarantee the accuracy of the data.
It shall be the responsibility of the contractors to examine
the site and verify these conditions before submitting his
bid. He shall report all errors or inconsistencies found to
the Architect. Failure to do so shall not be ground for hold-
ing the Owner or Engineer responsible for additional charges
or extras regarding cost involved in the installation due to
these causes.
1.08 UTILITIES:
A. The location and sizes of sewer, water, electrical and tele-
phone lines are shown in accordance with data secured from
the Utility Companies involved. Data shown is offered as an
r'estimating guide without guarantee of accuracy; each bidder
shall make complete investigations of the site and shall check
and verify all data given. The Contractor will be responsible
for verifying the exact location of all utility services per-
taining to his work.
.09 INTERPRETATION OF REQUIREMENTS:
A. Any question as to interpretation of drawings and specifications
or any questions arising after examination of premises must be
j referred to the Architect in writing. No interpretation nor
instructions given verbally by any person or persons will be
considered valid.
+ 1.10 SUBCONTRACT AND LABOR:
A. All provisions of this section shall apply to all subcontracts
to the extent that they are applicable to such Subcontractor.
1.11 REMOVAL, OF RUBBISH:
A. This Contractor must remove from timeto time -all equipment,
unused material, rubbish and debris of any kind which may
Accumulate during the execution of his portion,of the work.
Keep premises, including the outside area, broom clean and
free from unnecessary impediments and debris at all times.
1.12 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP:
A. All materials shall be new, unless otherwise specified,
15010-3
and of quality grade standard manufacture and first class
in every respect. All materials of a type for which the
Underwriter's Laboratories, N.E.M.A., American Refrigeration
Institute, etc., have established a standard shall be listed
by the agency and shall bear their label.
B. All work shall be performed by competent mechanics, skilled
in their trade, and shall be executed in a thorough, substantial
workmanlike manner.
C. This Contractor will be responsible for the timely placing of
all materials and equipment in walls, ceilings, and slabs as
construction progresses.
1.13 STANDARD FOR MATERIALS:
A. It is the intention of these specifications to indicate a
standard of quality for all materials incorporated in this
work. Manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are used to
designate the item of equipment or material as a means of
establishing grade and quality. Where several manufacturers
are named, only these named manufacturer's products will be
considered and the Contractor's bid shall be based on their
products. The first named of several manufacturers is the
Manufacturer whose product was used in laying out the job.
Other manufacturers, although acceptable as manufacturers,
must prove their product will perform satisfactorily and will
meet space and capacity requirements, etc.
B. The use of one named manufacturer in the schedules on the
drawings is for guide purposes. The provisions of the above
paragraph will govern in the selection of products to be used.
C. where the "or approved equal" clause is used in these specifi-
cations, the name or names, mentioned are to be used as a basis
of quality. Other manufacturers may be used if the quality
of the proposed material is equal to that of materials named.
Such unnamed manufacturers' products will, however, be con-
sidered as substitutions and shall not be used as a basis for
bidding.
D. Should gas, water, drain, or electrical requirements for alternate
equipment manufacturers be different from that required by the
first named manufacturer, it -shall remain the responsibility of
this Contractor to provide the proper services, whether greater
or lesser, at no additional expense to the Owner. This shall
apply regardless of whether or not the proposal alternate manu-
facturer is named in the specifications.
E. Basis of quality shall be interpreted to include material,
workmanship, weight, finishes, gauges of material, appearances,
capacity, performance, etc.
15010-4
F. Manufacturer's representation as to availability of equipment,
parts replacement and service personnel in the area will be a
factor in consideration for submittals.
1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. The successful Mechanical Contractor, if desirous of using
equipment and/or materials other than that called for in
these specifications, shall adhere to the following procedure
in obtaining approval of such substitutions:
1. Within ten (10) days of the award of the respective contract,
the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect, in triplicate,
a list of proposed manufacturers for the various items of
equipment being substituted for preliminary approval.
2. Such items as are considered by the Engineer to be generally
acceptable shall then be submitted for final approval accord-
ing to the procedure outlined under GENERAL CONDITIONS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS of these specifications.
<3. Such items as are considered b the Engineer to be � y g' generally
not acceptable and for which the Contractor wishes to pro-
pose some other substitution, may be re -submitted for pre-
liminary approval within the following ten (10) days or a
total of twenty (20) days from award of contract.
4. No substitutions will be reviewed and/or considered after
forty five (45) calendar days have elapsed after the date
of award of the contract.
,i 1.15 EXCAVATION AND BA CKFILL :
A. All excavation and backfill of all classes required to install
work included in these sections of the specifications shall be
performed as a part of the work of this Contractor. No extra
payment will be made for rock excavation. Trenches for all
underground piping and conduits shall be excavated to the re-
quired depths. The bottom trenches shall be tamped hard and
graded to secure maximum fall. Should rock be encountered it
shall be excavated to a depth of six inches below the bottom
of the pipe and the rock surface shall be filled with gravel,
thoroughly tamped. After the pipes have been tested and ins-
pected, the trenches shall be filled. No roots,Arocks or
foreign materials of any description shall be used in back -
filling the trenches. The backfill material shall be deposited
in 8 inch layers at optimum moisture content and mechanically
compacted to 90% of maximum density as determined in accordance
with AASHO T99-55• The process shall be continued until the
trenches are backfilled. All surplus materials shall be hauled
from the project by this Contractor at his expense.
15010-5
B. Where gravel streets, paved streets, paved areas, sidewalks,
or any other paved, graveled, or surfaced area is disturbed,
cut or damaged during the installation of water, sewer, gas,
roof drains, or any other underground work, such items shall
be repaired in a manner approved by City or Owner. Cost of
such repairs shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
C. Trenches for piping requiring joint makeup shall be sufficient-
ly wide to provide working spaces for making up joint and for
inspection of joint.
s D. Any sinking of surfaces over ditches, trenches, etc., including
turf, paving, curbs, etc., during the guaranteed period shallbe
repaired by this Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
1.16 ROOF PENETRATIONS:
A. At all points where roof penetrations occur, furnish to the
Roofing Contractor a suitable flashing pitch pan or curb.
Flashings shall be sheet lead weighing not less than four
pounds per square foot. Flashings shall extend not less than
fourteen inches in all directions from the respective vent
or drain underneath the roofing material. Pitch pans shall be
fabricated from flashing material herein described and filled
with roofing pitch; pan shall extend two inches above roof and
be eight inches wider and longer than the item to be flashed.
,17 WATERPROOFING:
A. In any case where the Contractor finds it necessary to cut
holes through the waterproofing of exterior walls or floor
to support or install the work, he shall water proof the hole
with the same waterproofing materials as were used for the
original waterproofing before cementing in the device to be
installed.
1.18 FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES:
A. Where exposed pipes pass through floors, finished walls or
finished ceilings, they shall be fitted with chrome -plated
excutcheons of an approved pattern.
B. Furnish and install 1/8" chromium plated brass cover plates,
screwed into the plug of all cleanouts and set flush with
finished floors and walls.
1.19 PIPE SLEEVES:
A. Jet line pipe sleeves or pipe sleeves made of No. 22 guage
galvanized steel, properly secured in place with approximately
one -quarter inch (4") space between each sleeve and the surface
of the pipe and/or insulation passing through floors or walls.
1$010--6
9 All pipe sleeves shall be built in place as the walls and
floors are built up. The Contractor shall furnish and locate
all sleeves for insertion into the structural parts of the
building. The spaces between sleeves and pipes passing through
concrete floors, exterior masonry walls and roofs, shall be
made watertight with approved non -hardening mastic material.
Sleeves shall project 6" above floors in fan rooms and pipe
chases.
1.20 PIPE HANGERS:
A. Pipe hangers shall be Grinnell, Fee and Mason, or F&S Central
of a type suitable for each use. Perforated straps shall not
be used in anwork. For ferrous pipes up to and including
four inches (4�y ") in size, use Grinnell Fig. 104 malleable iron,
adjustable, split ring, swivel hanger. For plumbing piping
larger than four inches (4") use Grinnell Fig. 260 steel clevis
hanger. Where several pipes are paralleled at the same elevation,
trapeze hangers may be used. Where trapeze hangers are used,
the pipes shall be supported on rollers where rollers are
called for by the above specifications. For copper pipes up
Ito and including three inches (3"), use Grinnell Fig. CT-65 wrought
iron copper -plated clevis hanger. Trapeze hangers shall be used
where ducts or other obstructions interfered with the use of a
!� single hanger.
1.21 VALVE CHART AND LABELS:
A. The Mechanical Contractors shall prepare and ins tall, in suit-
able glased frame, typewritten valve charts giving the number,
location and function of each line valve installed under their
contracts. They shall also install bn each..valve stem a stamped
one and one-half (1211) inch diameter brass tag plainly numbered
corresponding to the number indicated on the above chart. Tags
shall be Seton Name Plate Company Style P250-BL or engraved
laminated plastic. Tags shall be secured to valves by heavy
figure eight hooks.
1.22 UNIONS:
Unions shall be installed at all points necessary to permit easy
removal of valves and equipment without injury to other parts of
the system. Unions in screwed piping shall be Grinnell Fig. 459;
in flanged piping Grinnell Fig. 487 with gaskets. Unions in copper
piping shall be Grinnell Fig. 485 bronze screwed type; or for
soldered type Grinnell Fig. 9102 in wrought copper, Fig. 9730 in
cast brass.
1.23 DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS:
All connections between ferrous and non-ferrous piping or equip-
ment shall be made with Epco dielectric unions. Dielectric
material shall not be paper.
15010-7
1.24 SAFETY GUARDS:
A. The Mechanical Contractors shall furnish and install all
safety guards required in order to obtain certificates of in-
spection from all authorities having jurisdiction. All belt
driven equipment, projecting shafts and other rotating parts
shall be enclosed or adequately guarded.
1.25 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. This Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and
patching required for the proper installation of his own
work, and shall obtain permission from the Architect before
doing any cutting. Cutting shall be done in such a manner
that the surrounding work will be restored to its original con-
dition. All cutting,patching shall be performed by the General
Contractor at the expense of this contractor.
B. Openings cut through the roof or exterior walls shall be
provided with a temporary watertight cover during construction
,or until equipment installation or repair has been made.
C. The General Contractor will provide chases as indicated on
the drawings. This Contractor shall be responsible for giving
the General Contractor the -correct sizes and locations of.,all
such chases, slots, etc., on sufficient time that they may be
built in as the building construction progresses.
1.26 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Location of all pipes, ducts, outlets, appliances, etc., as
shown on the drawings, are approximate only and are understood
to, be subject to such revisions as may prove necessary at the
time the work is installed. This Contractor will be required
to install his work with relation to existing building conditions
and shall be entirely responsible for the correctness of his
work with reference to finish elevations, etc. Exterior utilities
shown on the drawings are diagrammatic only and their exact
locations, depth and invert elevations shall be as required for
proper flow and coordination with other trades.
B. If this Contractor proposes to install equipment, piping or
duct work, requiring space conditions other than those shown,
or to rearrange the equipment, he shall assume full responsibility
for the rearrangement of the space and shall have the Engineer
review the change before proceeding with the work. The request
for such changes shall be accompanied by shop drawings of the
space in question.
C. This Contractor is responsible for the proper location and size
of all slots, holes or openings in the building structure per-
taining to his work, and for the correct location of pipe sleeves
15010-8
D. This Contractor shall so harmonize his work with that of the
several other trades that it may be installed in the most direct
and workmanlike manner without hindering or handicapping other
trades. Piping interference shall be handled by giving precedence
to pipe lines which require a stated grade for proper operation.
1 1.27 ACCESS PANELS:
A. This Contractor shall furnish to the General Contractor, for
installation by the General Contractor, a steel access door
for each of his valves, group valves, or other controlling mech-
anism which would otherwise be concealed in the building construc-
tion.
t B. Access doors shall be similar and equal to "Milcor" steel access
doors and shall be Type "M" for masonry walls and Type"K" or "I,"
for gypboard or for lath and plaster walls, as the condition
requires. Each door shall be furnished with a flush screw-
driver -operated lock and shall be furnished with one prime coat
of gray rust -inhibitive paint. Each access door shall be
approximately 12" wide 18" high minimum. Equivalent units as
manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc., will be acceptable.
.28 ELECTRICAL WORK:
A. The mechanical Contractor shall furnish motors, motor starters
and automatic controls as specified elsewhere herein. This
Contractor shall set his motors in place and shall furnish the
starters and controls to the electrical Contractor.
B. The mechanical contractor shall furnish complete wiring diagrams
showing power wiring, interlock wiring and temperature control
wiring. Diagrams shall be based on this approved equipment and
shall be complete integrated drawings, not a series of manufac-
turer's individual diagrams. After these have been approved by
the Engineer, copies shall be furnished to the Electrical Con-.
tractor by the Mechanical Contractor.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall wire all automatic temperature
control, all interlock and all power wiring for the installation
of equipment furnished under other sections of the work. The
Electrical Contractor shall furnish all disconnect switches as
required for the proper operation of the equipment unless such
equipment is specified to be factory mounted.
D. Each contractor shall note that the electrical design and draw-
ings are based on the equipment scheduled and shown on the drawinj
15010 -9
and should any Mechanical Contractor submit for approval
equipment requiring changes to the electrical design for
which the Electrical Contractor will request an extra, this
extra shall be paid by the Contractor providing the equipment
requiring the change.
1.29 MOTORS AND CONTROLLERS:
A. All motors shall meet the requirements of the latest motor
standards of the NEMA, and shall be as manufactured by Century,
U.S. Motors, or G.E., and of a type recommended by the manufacturer
for the service intended. All motors shall be squirrel Cage,
Standard Frame Type, rated to operate at a temperature of 40
degree C., above the ambient room temperature. Oiling devices
shall be so located that they will be readily accessible. Motors
for belt driven equipment shall be provided with adjustable slide
rails. Motors for outdoor installation shall be T.E.F.C.
B. Controllers for all three-phase motors shall be of the automatic
magnetic type with thermal overload and undercurrent protection
in all phases a type and capacity suitable for the motor pro-
'tected. Controllers for single phase motors shall provide thermal
overload protection. Where required for interlocking purposes,
the controllers shall have extra sets of contacts.
C. If the Contractor proposes to furnish motors varying in horse-
power and characteristics from those specified, he shall first
obtain approval from the Engineer for the change and shall pay
} all additional charge in connection with the change. The Con-
tractor shall -remain responsible for the proper operation of
the system.
D. Motor Starters:
1. Starters for single phase non -electrically interlocked
motors shall be flush mounted single or double pole switches
as required with red filament type pilot lights and stainless
steel face plates, equal to "Allen-Bradley" #62P, or"Cutler-
Hammer" #9202.
2. Starters for single phase electrically interlocked motors,
and three-phase motors up to 50 horsepower shall be 60 Hz,
600 volts across the line magnetic contactors, with thermal
overload protection.
3. Starters for three-phase motors larger than 10 horsepower
shall unless otherwise noted, be 60 Hz, part winding, with
general purpose enclosures, thermal overload protection on
each phase and under -voltage protection.
15010-10
4. Starters installed outside the building, or otherwise
i exposed to the weather, shall be furnished with weather
resistant NEMA type 3R enclosures, in lieu of general
purpose enclosures.
5. All starters of any type furnished under a single contract
shall be of the same manufacturer.
6. Starters furnished as integral parts of factory -assembled
prewired equipment shall conform to the above requirements
applicable in the opinion of the Engineer. Starters not con-
forming to the above paragraphs shall be replaced by this
Contractor at his expense.
E. Pushbutton and Switch Stations:
1. All controllers shall be provided with a heavy duty type
i pushbutton station, -rated for 10 amperes continuous load
at 600 volt or less.
W.! 2. Enclosures shall be general purpose NE4A Type 1, except that
I pushbutton stations installed outside the building or other-
wise exposed to the weather shall be dust and weather tight.
NEMA type 4. Enclosures shall be provided for surface mount-
ing, except as otherwise indicated.
3. Pushbutton stations for non -interlocked contactors shall be
momentary contact type with start button, stop button, and
red indicator light. Where required for delayed "seal -in"
or where otherwise noted, pushbuttons shall be maintained
contact type.
i
1.30 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
! A. All major equipment such as A/C units, fans, panelboards, safety
switches, starters, etc., shall be identified by the attachment
of nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic engraved
plastic 3-ply with black surface and white interior core at
I least 4" high (2" high for distribution panelboards) and pro-
perly spaced for easy and legible reading. Plates shall be
attached to equipment by use of a permanent type adhesive or
i chromium plated screws.
B. Complete all index cards on lighting and distribution panel -
boards in a proper, neat, typewritten manner, and insert in
the card holders behind a sheet of clear plastic. Where the
card size is insufficient for the proper identification of all
circuits, the index shall be made on a large sheet of paper of
proper proportion, and then photo -reduced to fit the card holder.
1,5010-11
a 1.31 PAINTING:
A. All equipment shall be delivered to the job with suitable
factory finish. Should the finish be marred in transit or
during installation, it shall be finished to present a neat,
workmanlike appearance.
B. Except as elsewhere hereinafter specifically required, any
painting of equipment, conduit, piping, insulation, etc.,
furnished and installed under this Section of the Specifications
will be done by the Painting Contractor. However, the Contractor
shall leave his equipment clean and free from any grease, dirt,
rust, etc., in suitable condition for painting.
1.32 CLEANING -UP. -
A. Upon completion of his work, the Contractor shall remove all
rubbish and excess materials accumulated as a result of his
operations; also, he shall remove all of his tools, machinery,
equipment, etc.
} 1.33 FINAL INSPECTIONS:
1.34-
A. The purpose of the final inspection is to determine whether the
contractor has completed the work in a proper and workmanlike
manner, that he has apparently installed the work in accordance
with the intent of the drawings and specifications and that,
in the Architect's opinion, the work is satisfactory for the
Owner to accept.
B. It shall be the duty of each contractor to personally make a
special inspection trip as a whole, assuring himself that the
work on the project is ready for final acceptance before
calling upon the Architect to make a final inspection.
C. In order not to delay final acceptance of the work, each
contractor shall have all necessary bonds, guarantees,
receipts, affidavits, etc., called for in the various articles
of the specification, prepared and signed in advance and,
together with a letter of transmittal listing each paper
included, shall deliver the same to the Architect before the
time of said final inspection. The contractor is cautioned to
check over each bond, receipt, etc., before preparing same for
submission to see that the terms check with the requirements
of the specifications.
OPERATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION:
A. When each and every piece of mechanical equipment is ready
to operate, if it is to the advantage of the Owner or the
project construction to operate this equipment, the Contractor
under this section of the work shall allow his equipment to be
15010-12
operated without obligating the Owner for acceptance.
B. The Owner or General Contractor shall furnish the necessary
operating personnel to supervise the overall operation of the
machinery, but it shall remain the Contractor's responsibility
until final acceptance by the Architect for the Owner.
1.35 RECORDS FOR OWNER:
A. Each Contractor shall accumulate during the job progress the
following data in duplicate, prepared in a -neat brochure or
packet folder, and turn over the Architect for checking and sub-
sequent delivery to the Owner.
1. All warranties and guarantees and manufacturer's directions
on equipment and materials covered by the Contract.
2. Copies of approved shop drawings.
3. Framed set of operating instruction for heating and cooling
and other mechanical systems. Operating instructions shall
also include recommended maintenance and seasonable change-
over procedures.
4. Any and all other data and/or drawings required during
construction.
5. Repair parts list of all major items and equipment including
name, address and telephone number of local supplier or agent.
6. Valve tag charts and diagrams hereinbefore specified.
7..Typewritten list of all filter sizes and number required
by A/C unit.
B. Each Contractor shall obtain at his own expense a complete
set of blue -line prints on which he shall keep an accurate
record of the installation of all materials and systems
covered by his contractual agreement. The record shall
indicate the location of all equipment and the routing of all
systems. All piping buried in concrete slabs, walls, and
below grade shall be located by dimension unless a surface mounted
device in each space indicates the exact location. He shall
then obtain, at his expense, one complete reproducible set of
the original drawings on which he shall neatly transfer his
notations and deliver these drawings to the Architect at job
completion, before final payment, for delivery to the Owner.
1.36 TEST;
A. On completion of the work, the contractor shall test all
materials and equipment which normally require testing. All
piping shall be tested to meet code requirements or the Speci-
fication requirements, whichever is the more severe. The Electric
15010-13
Contractor shall make voltage, resistance and ground tests
of all wiring installed under his Contract. Such tests shall
show results in accordance with the requirements of the
National Electric Code, and any defects found shall be repaired
at this Contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the
Architects. All equipment shall be operated sufficiently long
to prove to the Architect and Owner that all equipment meets
the requirements set forth in the plans and specifications.
1.37 WARRANTY:
A. Contractor shall guarantee all of his respective equipment
and workmanship for a period of one year and replace or re-
pair any faulty equipment or installation at no cost to the
Owner for such service during this period.
B. This section shall not abrogate specific warranties issued by
manufacturers for greater periods of time. The one-year
' guarantee described in Paragraph "a" above shall be the minimum.
C. Warrantees shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the
Owner, and shall be delivered to the Owner before final payment
is made.
End of Section
15010-14
SECTION 15250 - INSULATION
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 1501 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, tools and
services and perform all operations required in connection with
with or properly incidental to a complete insulation installation
as indicated on the drawings, reasonably implied therefrom or
as specified herein unless specifically excluded.
1.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING:
A. All domestic hot and cold water piping, except where buried
! below grade, shall be insulated with 3/4" thick owens-Corning
"One -Piece" molded fibrous glass pipe covering with fire re-
tardant jacket and self-sealing flap. Fittings shall be
`covered with 3/41, thick molded fiberglass mitered to fit the
piping. For cold water piping, this insulation material shall
have a vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing flap. Fittings
shall be wrapped with a material similar to the jacket. All
jacket material shall be factory applied. Where exposed to
normal view, fittings shall be finished with "Zeston" or
equal PVC fitting cover.
�.04 CONDENSATE DRAINS:
A. A/C Unit condensate drain lines shall be insulated with 1"
thick Armstrong Armaflex or Fiberglas O.C. flexible foamed
plastic tubing. On pipe or tubing not yet installed, unslit
flexible tubing shall be slipped over the full length of the
piping or tubing leaving a sufficient amount of exposed piping
for connections. After connections are made and tested,
insulation shall be applied over fittings so as to cover all
piping completely. Slit insulation shall be used on systems
which are to be insulated after installation. All butt joints
and slit insulation shall be sealed with Armstrong 520 adhesive.
Flexible tubing shall be slipped over copper tubing fittings.
Iron pipe or cast bronze fittings shall be sleeved (insulated)
with a larger diameter of flexible -tubing insulation nested over
the covering on adjacent piping and secured with Armstrong 520
adhesive.
1.05 DUCTWORKt
A. All interior supply and return air duct shall be insulated
with flexible fiberglas (3/4 P.C.F. min. density) with
reinforced aluminum foil -faced flame-retardant kraft paper
facing as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglas, Johns -
Manville or Armstrong. Insulation shall be applied in
in sections long enough to wrap around duct and meet securely
15250-1
i
i
t
without stretching and secured with Bostic outward clinching
staples on 3" centers. On ducts over 24" wide spindle anchors
on 24" centers shall be used to eliminate sagging of the insu-
lation. All joints and seams of the insulation shall be sealed
with a heavy coat of Benjamin Foster #30-35 mastic. Thickness
shall be 2" for supply, 1" for return.
B. Ductwork which may be left uninsulated is as follows;
(1) Supply and return ductwork having 1" thick interior
acoustic lining, as specified under "Sound Absorption"
(2) All exhaust air duct work.
1.06 SOUND ABSORPTION:
A. Refer to Section 15800
1.07 STORM DRAINAGE:
A. All horizontal runs of storm drainage piping in the building
shall be insulated as specified for cold water piping, except
1" thick. Provide continuous vapor seal with mastic sealer
at all joints. Cover exposed portion of roof drain within the
building.
.08 PROCEDURES:
i A. All surfaces to be insulated shall be clean and dry before
applying the insulation. All sections of molded pipe
covering shall be firmly butted together. Wli-ire insulation
terminates, it shall be neatly beveled and finished. No in-
sulation shall be applied until the pipe has been pressure
tested and found tight. Piping flexible connections, flanges
and unions shall not be covered unless specifically noted.
B. Where vapor barriers are required, the vapor barrier shall
be on the outside. Extreme care shall be taken that the
i vapor barrier is .unbroken. Joints, etc., shall all be
sealed. Where insulation with a vapor barrier terminates,
it shall be sealed off with the vapor barrier being continuous
to the surface being insulated. Ends shall not be left raw.
End of Section
15250-2
11
SECTION 15401 - WATER SUPPLY SYSM)U
i 1. 01 GE Mau:
A. }defer- to Section 1501D for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
1.02 SCOPE:
A. 'A complete system of hot and cold water supply to all
,plumbing fixtures and mechanical equipment .shall be
supplied and installed as shown on the Plans.
1.03 SERVICE CONNECTIDN:
A. '"This Contractor shall install a new water service line
underground as shows on the Plans, with necessary connections
to street main. 'Provide backflow preventer as required by
-local authorities. Metering shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the City of Fort Worth. The .Contractor
ha11 pay all connection charges.
i $. Service line shall be cast iron pipe, A.S.A. Specification
A21.6 with boltless gasketed joints and cast iron fittings.
.1.04 PIPE AND ''ITTSNGS:
A. All hot and cold water supply piping (except service line)
three inch (3") in size or smaller, shall be A.S.T.M.
Specification E-88, Type 1, hard drawn, seamless copper
tubing with wrought copper solder fittings. Use Mueller
! Brass Company No. 95 solder. No ferrous piping will be
! permitted in the system.
' 1.0,E INSTAIZATZON OF PIPING:
A. All water piping shall be,run free from traps and arranged
so that all parts of the s stem can be drained. Provide
accessible one -hall' inch (P) gate valves with hose ends
where required for this purpose.
P. Provide swing connections throughout the system to auDw
for adequate horizontal and vertical expansion and cDntraction.
Unions or companion . flanges small be provided for easy removal
of all equipment.
C. A21 piping small have reducing fittings used for reducers or
increasers where any change in the pipe sizes occur. No
,bushing of any nature shall be allowed in piping.
Z. At the high point or points of -the hot water supply system,
furnish and install automatic air vent valve, Taco. No. 426.
.Discharge from air vent valve. shall be piped to an appropriate
drain.
2. Provide Epco dielectric zouplings wherever piping, fittings
or -equipment of ferrous and non-ferrous metals are joined.
13401-i
F. Install Zurn Shoktrol sealed air chanbers, sized and located
in accordance with Standard No. PDI-WH2O1 of ;the Plumbing and
Drainage Institute, and concealed and arranged so as to protect
all plumbing fixtures.
1.06 VALVE CONTROL:
A. Control valves shall be installed where shown on plans and/or
wherever necessary for controlling the several sections of the
domestic water system. Valves shall be provided on all inlet
and outlet connections to all kinds of apparatus, all risers
and all groups of fixtures. Groups of fixtures shall be
arranged to have their group valves in one location. Access
shall be provided to all concealed valves by means of access
doors furnished and installed by the General Contractor. The
Plumbing Contractor shall coordinate the location of valves
with the architectural features of the building in order that
the access doors will be located symmetrically with other features.
B. The hot and cold water supply lines to each and every fixture
hereinafter specified shall be equipped with stop valves which
shall be chromium -plated where exposed chrome -plate pipe is used.
1.07 VALVES:
A. All valves shall be designed for re -packing under pressure
when fully opened, and shall be equipped with packing suitable
for the intended service. Val -,es shall be installed with the
stem up, or in the horizontal position, and wherever possible
shall be grouped.
r B. Valves shall be as manufactured by Jenkins, Crane, Walworth,
Stockham, Nibco-Scott, Kennedy, Lunkenheimer, Nordstrom, De-
Zurick or Grinnell, and shall be of the following types (all
valves of the same type shall be of the same manufacture):
Gate Valves
(Screwed)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins
Fig.
47U
(Solder)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins
Fig.
1240
(Flanged)
22"
and
larger
Jenkins
Fig.
651-A
Globe Valves
(Screwed)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins
Fig.
106-A
(Solder)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins.Fig.
1200
(Flanged)
2j"
and
larger
Jenkins
Fig.
142
Check Valves
. (Screwed)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins
Fig.
352
(Solder)
2"
and
smaller
Jenkins
Fig.
1222
( Flanged)
2j"
and
hrger
Jenkins
Fig.
295
15401-2
Balancing Cocks
(Screwed)
(Flanged)
Backflow Preventer
Double-check
assemblies
1.08 HYDRANTS AND HOSE BIBBS:
Nordstrom Fig. 142 with indicator
and indicator arc
Nordstrom Fig. 143 with indicator
and indicator arc
Febco. 805
A. Wall hydrants shall be Woodford Model 14, three-quarters inch
(3/4") size', freezeless type.
B. Hose bibbs shall be Repcal No. B42, rough brass, hose end, three
X quarters inch (3/4") size.
i 1.09 WATER HEATERS:
9
A. Domestic water heater EWH-1 shall be a Rheem Model EG-18-85-F,
equipped with magnesium anode for corrosion protection and
rated at 82 gallons per hour recovery with 90 F rise. Pro-
vide a Watts pressure and temperature relief valve at heater
sized as required to meet A.S.M.E. code for discharge capacity.
Three (3) element 6000 watts each, 480 volts, 3 phase for non -
simultaneous operation. Furnish unit with immersion screw -in
elements, immersion thermostat, magnetic contactor and 120 volt
control circuit with transformer and manual reset high temperature
control.
B. Domestic water heater EWH-2 shall be a Rheem Model EG-45-120-F
equipped as with all items in A above. Capacity shall be 205
gallons per hour recovery with 90OF rise. Nine (9) elements
at 5000 watts each, 480 volts, 3 phase for non -simultaneous
operation.
1.10 HW CIRCULATING PUMPS:
A.. Hot water circulating.pumps=HWC-1 and-HWC':�2_shaIl_bI and
Gossett, Taco or Thrush in -line type having a circulating
capacity of not less than 6 GPM against a head of six feet (61).
Pumps shall be all bronze constrkiction and shall be equipped
with a Honeywell No. L 4008c, 40 - 1800 range, aquastat for
automatic operation.
B. Pump motors shall be 1/12 HP, 120 Volt, single phase 1750 RPM
equipped with automatic overload protection. Furnish manual
starters.
154o1-3
j 1.11 CLOTHES WASHER CONNECTIONS
A. Clothes washer connection shall consist of a Symmons Duplex
valve set in a recessed connection box with drain connection.
1.12 TESTING:
s A. The entire system shall be tested as set forth in the Cleaning
and Testing section of this specification
I
I
End of Section
3
1
S
s
e
I
15401-4
11
t SECTION 15405 - SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
1.02 SCOPE:
A. The sanitary drainage system shall be installed as shown
on the Plans, complete with all fixtures, drains, traps
and required connections. All fixtures and drains shall
be properly trapped and vented. This Contractor shall
complete the installation of the sanitary drainage system
by making approved connections to the city sewer. This
Contractor shall pay all connection charges.
a 1.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. All sanitary soil, waste and drainage lines 2" in size
and larger, shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe
.conforming to A.S.A. Specification A-40.1 and Commercial
Standard CS-188, each piece of pipe and each fitting coated
at the factory with asphaltum or coal tar pitch and with
the manufacturer's mark or name cast on it.
B. Short connections from plumbing fixtures or equipment to
the sanitary drainage system shall be made with cast iron
soil pipe, brass pipe with brass fittings, or type DWV
copper pipe with wrought copper sweat joints.
C. All sanitary sewer vents shall be service weight cast iron
bell and spigot pipe and fittings; or service weight gal-
vanized steel; or type DWV copper pipe with wrought copper
sweat joints.
D. Provide swing connections throughout the system to allow
for adequate horizontal and vertical expansion and contraction.
Unions or companion flanges shall be provided for easy removal
of all equipment.
1.04 FLASHING CONNECTION:
A. At all points where the vents pass through the roof, the
openings shall be flashed with sheet lead flashing weighing
not less than four (4) pounds per square foot. The flashing
shall be made absolutely watertight at the roof line and
shall be extended up, over and down at least two inches (2")
into the pipe. Each flange shield shall extend not less than
fourteen inches (1411) in all directions from the respective
vent, underneath the roofing material. Lead flashings shall
be furnished and fabricated by the Plumbing Contractor and
turned over to the Roofing Contractor who will install them.
15405-1
1.05 WATER CLOSET CONNECTIONS:
A. Water closet connections shall be effected by means of eight (8)
pound lead bends soldered to brass floor flanges not less than
three -sixteenths inch (3/1611) thick and wiped to caulking
ferrules of cast brass.
+ 1.06 GREASE INTERCEPTOR:
A. Furnish and install a Zurn Model 8 -1170 size 600 cast iron
or steel grease interceptor, rated at 50 pounds of grease and
a flow rate of 25 GPM, complete with flow control fitting.
Interceptor shall be installed with cover flush at finished
floor with concrete slab base underneath. Cover shall be
scoriated non -slip and fully gasketed.
1.07 FLOOR DRAINS:
a
A.
Floor drains shall be as manufactured by Wade, Josam, Zurn
or Blake. Provide flashing clamp devices where required by
i
,,floor construction.
B.
Floor drain Type A (FD"A"): Zurn No. Z 540 with nickel bronze
top and Series Z-1002 trap.
1.08 OPEN SITE DRAINS:
A.
Open site drains on connections to kitchen and other equip-
ment, as indicated on the Drawings, shall be Zurn "Fixed
Air Gap" fittings, No. Z-P9303. Each open -sight drain shall
be provided with a Zurn No. Z-1002 trap.
I
1.09 INSTALLATION OF PIPING:
a
i A.
This Contractor shall promptly install all sewer, drains, and
piping after excavating, chasing or cutting for same has been
done, so as to keep the openings for such piping open as short
a time as possible. No piping shall, however, be permanently
closed up, furred in or covered before the examination of same
by the authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
All piping shall be run in the most direct manner. Horizontal
pipe shall have a grade of one -quarter inch (4") per foot
wherever possible and not less in any case than one -eighth inch
(1/811) per foot. All offsets shall be 45 degrees or less.
C.
All joints in hub and spigot cast iron pipe shall be made water
and gas tight with packed Sealtite white oakum joints and pure
pig caulking lead well caulked and trimmed into the hub; or with
Ty -Seal neoprene gaskets.
y
D.
Cleanouts shall be provided at the bottom of each stack, at
each change of direction, in interior horizontal runs at in-
tervals not exceeding 50 feet on lines up to four inch (4")
15405-.2
i
in size and intervals -not exceeding 95 feet on lines of
t larger size, and in exterior horizontal runs, at intervals
not exceeding 95 feet. Znterior cleanouts shall be Zurn No.
2-1450-7 caulked into the lines and, where they occur in walls
or finished, areas, shall be provided with nickel -bronze to s
or access plates; Zurn No. Z-1460-9. Provide Zurn No. Z- N20-2
with nickel bronze tops in the finished floors. All interior
cleanouts shallbe the same size as the pipe served up to four
inch (411) size and four inches (k") for all larger lines.
Exterior cleanouts shall consist of a concrete encased wye in
the ine with sewer pipe extending upward therefrom and ter-
minating in a concrete slab below grade. A standard cast
iron cleanout casting shallbe set on this slab in such manner
as to be flush with .finished grade and to provide access through
its cover to the cleanout. A removable concrete stopper shall
be set in the open top of the cleanout pipe.
E. Vent branches sbAU be .kept above the fixtures in such a. manner
as to preclude the use of the vents as waste pipes should the
latter become obstructed. All branches shall be so graded as
to prevent accumulation of water or scale therein. All vent
pipes shall be -properly graded without drops or sags and so
connected as to drip back to waste pipes by gravity. Wherever
practicable, two or more vents shall be connected together and
extended as one vent through the roof.
F. Where waste and vents are exposed at fixtures, pipes shall be
chrome -plated brass (iron pipe size) and have chrome -plated
excutcheons where they pass through floors, walls or ceilings.
G. Hub drains shall be cast iron soil pipe hubs set with top of
hub one-half (Ill) inch above finished floor. Each hub drain
shall be provided with a Zurn No. Z--1002 trap.
TESTS:
A.. The sanitary system shall be tested as described in ,the
..Cleaning and Testing section of this specification.
End of Section
1.54D.5-3
S
1.06
ROOF DRAINS:
A.
All roof and area drains will be furnished
and installed by the
Plumbing Contractor with all accessories
required for the part-
icular construction in which they are to
be mounted; and shall
i_
be as manufactured by Wade, Josam, Zurn,
or Blake.
B.
Roof drains shall be Zurn No. Z-100, cast
iron, mushroom dome.
strainer and large protected sump.
1.07
TESTS:
A.
The system shall be tested as described in the Cleaning and
Testing section of the Specification.
End
of Section
j
15406-2
I
SECTION 15450 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
1.02 SCOPES
A. Plumbing fixtures shall be supplied, set and connected as
listed herein and as shown on the Plans. Fixtures shall be
protected from damage during construction, and shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all tape and adhesives prior to final
acceptance.
1.03 FITTINGS AND PIPES:
A. Fittings and piping shall be brass and, wherever exposed,
shall be polished chrome -plated. Provide tight fitting
wall or floor escutcheons of chrome -plated brass wherever
,pipes pass through floors, walls, or ceilings.
B. All porcelain or vitreous china shall be clean, smooth and
y
bright. All shall be warrented not to craze, discolor or scale.
C. This Contractor shall furnish and install all required water,
waste, soil and vent connections to all plumbing fixtures,
together will all fittings, supports, fastening devices, cocks,
valves, traps, etc., leaving all in complete working order.
All wall hung plumbing fixtures shall be supported on appro-
priate type chair carriers.
1.04 FIXTURE SCHEDULE:
A. Water Closet Type 'A' (WC'A'): American Standard "Instanto"
2510.010, blow-out action, elongated bowl, wall mounted,
vitreous china, Delany Flushboy 402 VB flush valve. Church
seat 5320.536. Carrier as required.
B. Water Closet Type 'B' (WC'B'): American Standard "Devoro"
2242.014, siphon jet action, floor mounted, vitreous china,
Delany Flushboy 402 VB flush valve. Church seat 5320.130.
#481310-100 bolt caps.
15450-1
C. Water Closet Type 'C' (WC'C'):
toilet, 2272.011 siphon vortex
china, Delany Flushboy 402 VB
5330.113• #481310.100 bolt
American Standard "Devoro Baby"
action, 10" high bowl, vitreous
flush valve. Church seat
caps.
D. Water Closet -Type 'D' (WC'D')s American Standard "Instanto",
2512.010, blow out action, elongated bowl, wall mounted with
rim 19" above finished floor, vitrrous china, Delany Flushboy
402VB flush valve. Church seat 5320•536. Carrier as required.
E. Urinal Type 'A' (UR'A'): American Standard "Trimbrook",
6560.015, vitreous china, wall hung, siphon jet. Delany
Flushboy 451VB water saving flush valve. Chair carrier as
required.
F. Urinal Type 'B' (UR'B'): American Standard "Trimbrook ,
6560.015 vitreous china, wall hung with lip at 19" above
the finished floor. Delany Flushboy 451VB water saving
flush valve. Chair carrier as required.
G. Lavatory Type 'A' (Lav'A'): American Standard "Ovalyn",
0470.013, 19" x 16" vitreous china, front overflow, under
counter mounted. Am. Std. No. 2238.525 faucet with 4" spout
and grid drain and tailpiece, No. 2303.081 supplies, #4401.014
'IF" trap.
H. Lavatory Type 'B' (LavtB'): American Standard "Ledgewood"
19" x 17" cast iron wall hung with Am. Std. No. 2107.703
faucet. Am. Std. No. 2303.081 supplies, #4401.014 ,P,, trap.
Chair carrier suitable for dry wall construction and capable
of holding Lavatory with 250 pounds applied to front edge
of lavatory.
t
I. Lavatory Type
No. o470.013,
under counter
4" spout and
supplies, No.
'C' (Lav'C'): American Standard "Ovalyn",
19" x 16" vitreous china, front over -flow,
mounted. Am. Std. No. 2238.525 faucet with
grid drain and tail piece, No. 2303,081
4401.014 „P" trap.
15450-2
J. Lavatory Type 'D' (Lav'D'): American Standard 110valyn",
' 0470.013, 19" x 16" vitreous china, front overflow, under
counter mounted. Am. Std. No. 2238.285 faucet with 4" blade
handles, No. 7723.018 grid drain assembly, No. 2303.81 supplies,
+ #4401.014 "P„trap.
K. Lavatory Type 'E'(Lav'E'): American Standard "Lucerne"
' wall hungvitreous china No. 0 0.4 7522.030
35 39 , Am. Std. No .
spout, No. 7679.012 wall mounted double pedal valve, No. 7538.010
supply. No. 2411.015 drain and tail piece, No. 4428.017 "P"trap.
Chair carrier suitable for dry wall construction and capable
of holding lavatory with 250 Ibs. applied to front edge of
lavatory.
3
L. Clean -Up Station: American Standard No. 7593.148 service sink
faucet, 5' of hose with wall hook, vacumn breaker in spout,
straps in shanks. Mount faucet 36" above the finished floor.
M. Garbage Disposer: Hobart FD-75; heavy duty wide 3/4 horse-
power, 120 volt single phase motor with on -off switch, group E
accessories and starter.
N. Service Sink: American Standard"Florwell" corner floor mounted
enameled cast iron. Am. Std. No. 7953.148 sink faucet,
No. 8303.025 drain and No. 7745.011 vinyl coated rim guard.
0. Sink Type 'A' (S'A'): Elkay No, LR-1918 18 gauge stainless
steel, 19" x 18" x 7j" deep, American Standard No. 22-38.293
faucet with 6" blade handles. Elkay LK-18 chrome plated drain
outlet with tail piece. American Standard No. 2303.081 supplies,
No. 4401.014 "P" trap.
15450-3
P.
Sink Type 'B' (S"B"): American Standard No. 7043.011,
enameled cast iron 24" x 21" x 7 5/8" deep, stainless steel
mounting frame, American Standard No. 4200.010 faucet,
No. 8204.026 angle stops, No. 4362.018 sink drain, No.
4401.014 "P" trap.
Q.
Sink Type 'C' (S"C"): Elkay No. LR-1918 18 gauge stainless
steel, 19" x 18" x 7 1/2" deep, one hole only. Chicago
Faucet No. 625 floor mounted double pedal valve with two
back inlets and one outlet. Pipe from outlet to sink goose-
neck. Gooseneck Chicago Faucet No. 626-GN-2-E3 rigid spout
with soft flow outlet. Provide stop valves on lines feeding
pedal valve. Elkay No. LK-18B drain outlet. American Stand-
ard No. 4401.014 "P" trap.
R.
Kitchen Sink: American Equipment No. c-2-1618-24R, 3 com-
partments, each 18" x 24", 9 inches deep, stainless steel with
right hand drainboard including coved corners and edges.
Chicago Faucet No. 445-DJ18 adjustable sink fitting with
Ajointed 18" swing spout. Elkay #LK-18B drain outlet.
American Standard 2303.081 supplies and #4401.014 "P" trap
for two compartments. One compartment to receive garbage
disposer. Sink shall be "NSF approved" and suitable for
f
mounting into counter. See Architectural details for mounting
information.
S.
Dishwasher: Under counter commercial type with dual water
inlet, Hobart WM-ID.
T.
Dishwasher Booster Heater:. Hatco CC9, 9kw, 208 volt, single
phase and designed for use with the above dishwasher.
U.
Electric Water Cooler (EWC): Halsey Taylor HBLR handicapped,
bi-level, stainless steel with 1/5 horsepower, 120 volt com-
pressor motor. Furnish wall carrier with feet positioned on
.floor and stainless steel ventilation grille.
V.
Drinking Fountain 'A' (DF-A): Halsey Taylor HT5905 stainless
steel with lever operated valve. Furnish carrier.
W.
Drinking Fountain 'B' (DF-B): Halsey Taylor HT5905 AC
stainless steel freeze proof. Furnish with carrier.
End of Section
15450-4
01
0
A
SECTION 15500 - GAS PIPING SYSTEM
,01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
' 1.02 SCOPE:
A. This contractor shall arrange with the Lone Star Gas Company
for, and shall pay all charges incidental to, extending a
new underground service line into the gas meter location
and installing the meters and regulators. This contractor
shall install a complete gas piping system to roof -top A/C
units as shown on the plans.
1.03 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Natural gas piping shall be standard weight black steel
pipe conforming to A.S.T.M. Designation A-120 with black
malleable iron fittings. All piping shall be welded. Weld-
ing fittings shall be Tube -Turns Schedule 40.
1.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING:
A. All piping shall be run straight without sags or traps and
shall be so pitched as to drain back to the riser and from
the riser to the meter. A drip pocket consisting of a nipple
and a cap shall be screwed into the bottom of each riser and
at all low points of the gas distributing system.
A
B. All gas piping within the building shall be run exposed unless
specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings.
C. All pipe and fittings in the ground shall be protected against
corrosion by a wrapping applied in accordance with the standards
of the Gas Company. Field -fabricated joints shall be similarly
protected.
D. Exposed piping shall be cleaned and painted with one coat
asphaltic aluminum paint.
E. Provide swing connections throughout the system to allow.for
adequate horizontal and vertical expansion and contraction.
Unions or companion flanges shall be provided for easy removal
of all equipment.
' F. Provide dielectric couplings wherever piping and fittings of
ferrous and non-ferrous metals are joined.
G. Provide a pressure regulator at each gas consuming device,
or group of devices, where such devices operate at a pressure
less than that of the gas supply.
H. All piping on roof shall be supported every eight (8) feet and
at elbows with redwood blocks set in pitch pans, clamp pipe to
block at each support.
'15500-1
i
I. Provide a gas cock in the line leaving the meter. Each branch
line and the line to each gas consuming piece of equipment shall
be provided with a gas cock.
1.05 GAS COCKS:
A. Gas cocks on lines two inches (2") in size or smaller shall
1 be Jenkins No. 30A. On lines two and one-half inches (2j")
in size or larger, gas valves shall be Nordstrom No. 142 or
No. 143. All gas cocks at boilers shall be of the lubricated
plug type. Provide removable handles for plug cocks.
1.06 TESTS:
A. All gas piping shall be pressure tested as set forth in the
Cleaning and Testing Section of this Specification.
I
END Or SECTION
15500-2
J
SECTION 15650 - AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
',01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
' 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. A complete system of air conditioning units, duct heaters,
exhaust fans, etc., shall be supplied and installed as shown
on the plans.
11
I
0
0
t
1.03 SCHEDULES ON DRAWINGS:
A. In general, all capacities of equipment, and motor and starter
characteristics are shown in schedules on the drawings. Re-
ference shall be made to the schedules for such information.
The capacities shown are minimum capacities. Variations in
the characteristics will be permitted only on written approval
of the Architect. All equipment shall be shipped to the job
with not less than a prime coat of paint. All A/C units shall
be by the same manufacturer. Where installation instructions
are not included on these Specifications or on the plans, the
manufacturers instructions shall be followed.
04 FILTERS:
A. Furnish and install filters in A/C Units. Fans shall not be
operated without filters in place.
B. Filters shall be 2" thick Airmaze P-5 or equal permanent type.
Filters shall be sized to completely fill filter rack.
C. The Contractor shall prepare a typewritten filter size
,schedule listing all units and complete with filter sizes and
filter type. This schedule shall be framed under glass
and hung where directed.
1.05 ROOFTOP SINGLE ZONE A/C UNITS:
A. Unit- Furnish and install one piece air-to-air electric
cooling, with gas heating (except as noted on the schedules).
Units shall be mounted on a full perimeter roof curb.
B. Unit Capacity- Unit cooling and heating capacity shall be
as scheduled on the drawings at the scheduled operating conditions.
C. Unit Cabinet- All unit exterior panels shall be constructed of
galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with baked enamel.
15650-1
A
D. Unit shall be quiupped with accessible slide in racks for
2" thick filters.
E. Compressor System - the unit shall contain hermetic compressor (s)
with factory installed service valves, vibration isolators, crank-
case heater (s), liquid line sight glass (es), filter drier (s)
and liquid line service valve(s). Compressor (s) shall have a
five year warranty.
F. Refrigerant Coils shall be constructed of aluminum plate fins
mechanically bonded to copper tubes.
G. Fans and Motors - The indoor air fans shall be of the forward -
curved centrifugal type, belt driven. The outdoor air fans shall
be of the propeller type, each directly driven by an inherently
protected motor.
H. Safety Controls - Cooling system (s) shall be protected by
fusible plug, low and high-pressure cutout switches, compressor
overloads and a timing device to prohibit the compressor motor
from starting more than once every 5 minutes.
I. Unit Connections - Main power wires to unit shall be routed to
single -point terminal connections. All duct and electrical
connections shall be routed thru bottom of unit within the curb
perimeter. Alternate openings in sides of unit shall also be
provided. Extend condensate drains as indicated on the drawings.
Condensate drain piping shall be type M copper hard drawn.
J. All controls necessary for the operation of the single zone
equipment shall be furnished by the unit manufacturer.
1. ,Room thermostats shall be low voltage type furnished
by the manufacturer for remote installation by the
Electrical Contractor.
K. Furnish units with gas heating sections as indicated on the
Schedule. Heat exchangers shall be 18 gauge aluminized steel
with stainless steel burners located upstream of the cooling
coil. Controls shall include an induced draft combustion air
fan, automatic electric ignition, gas pressure switch; limit
switch and centrifugal switch to de -energize gas valve in case
of insufficient combustion air.
L. Furnish each unit with a central control panel.
M. See Schedule on drawings for units to furnished with factory
installed economizer.
N. Units shall be Trane, Carrier or Lennox.
15650-2
4 , 1.06 FANS:
A. Furnish and install fans as shown and scheduled on the.
plans. Fans shall be of the type and manufacturer, as
scheduled, or equal in Cook, Greenheck, ILG, Penn, or
Jenn-Air. Each fan shall be AMCA rated and complete with
motor, drive, etc. Fan tip speed shall not exceed the values
shown on the plans.
4
B. Fan wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
Should motor fan or fan bearings have appreciable noise
or vibration, the motor, fan wheel, bearings or all shall
be replaced. Should fan have objectionable noise or
vibration the fan shall be replaced.
C. Fan bearings shall be self -aligning type ball bearings.
Bearings shall be heavy duty type for long life.
D. Fan and motor shall be mounted on a rigid frame assembly.
Curb mounted units frame assembly shall have rubber -in -shear
vibration isolation. Fan housings shall be constructed of
heavy gauge metal. Fans with exposed motors and drive shall
have a belt guard rigidly secured to the fan assembly.
E. Exhaust fans (except kitchen exhaust) shall have automatic
dampers to open and close with fan operation. Dampers shall
be rigidly constructed and not vibrate or rattle when fan is
operating.
F. Roof mounted exhaust fans shall have weather proof cover over
motor and drive assembly, bird screen and motor switch. Curb
s mounted units shall have low silhouette hinged base, curb
counter flashing, etc. , as required for a water -tight install-
ation. Provide insulated factory fabricated curb.
1.07 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST FAN:
A. -Shall meet the general requirements under paragraph 106 of
this Section.
.
4
B. Shall be top -discharge belt driven centrifugal.
C. Shall meet U.L. requirements for kitchen exhaust.
D. Motor compartment shall be sealed from.exhaust air.
E. Furnish fan with external removable grease trough and manual
reset high temperature thermostat for fan shut -down.
1.08 MAKEUP AIR FAN:
A. Makeup air fan shall be designed for outdoor installation.
B. Capacity shall be as shown on the drawings.
15650-3
a
a
A
C. Drive shall be adjustable, V-belt, greasable ball bearings with
cast-iron sheaves.
D . Fan shal 7. be forward curved contrifugal.
E. Furnish with two (2) inch thick permanent filters, with
frame and rain proof inlet louver.
F. Entire housing assembly shall be type 304 stainless steel.
G. Unit shall bE Normco, Inc., Ventroguard, or approved equal.
1.09 KITCHEN BMUST HOOD:
A. Kitchen exhaust hood shall be combination exhaust and -makeup
.air type as described herein and shown on the drawings.
' E. Hood shall be factory fabricated of minimum 16 gauge type 302
stainless steel with polished finish. Exposed welds shall be
ground and polished. Hangers and 2" threaded rods shall be
furnished.
C. Furnish hood with cleanable stainless steel filters, U.Z.
t listed for grease removal, and meeting all N.'PA 96 requirements.
A
D. Unit shall operate at an exhaust rate of 300 CFM per lineal
foot with makeup air provision thru slots at front and rear
of canopy.
E. Nakeup air and exhaust air collars shall be part of the hood.
F. Frovi*de two (2) enclosed vapor -proof incandescent lights with
cast guards as an integral part of the hood.
G. Hood shall be Ventroguard, Duo -Aire or approved equal.
.. 1.10 FACTORY FUPNI=D EXHAUST .SYSTEM ACCESSORIES. -
A. Furnish exhaust fan base,'transition and root curb by Ventroguard
or approved .equal. -
1.11 71M SM7 PRESSI ON SYSTEM:
A. Fx=Tdsh and install in the kitchen exhaust hind a pre-engineered
cartridge operated dry chemical fixed nozzle piped fire suppression
system.
3B. System shall be U .Z . testers and listed and meet all -provi s i ons
of VITA "Standard for the Installation of Equipment for the
�emoval of Smoke and Grease.laden Vapors from Co=ercial Cook-
s ing equipment" , No. 96.
1.5650-4
GI
C. Detection shall be automatic by means of fusible links. A
releasing device shall release carbon dioxide under pressure
which shall expel a sodium bicarbonate base dry chemical.
D. Chemical tank shall be steel constructed, tested, and marked
in accordance with Department of Transportation and UL re-
quirements. Tank shall be hydrostatically tested to 600 PSI
and leaked checked at 100 PSI.
E. Provide two (2) discharge nozzles with self closing covers.
Pipe and fittings shall be stainless steel.
F. Upon completion of installation, deliver certification forms
to owner.
G. System shall be ANSUL or approved equal.
f
1.12 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER:
A. Furnish and install electric duct heaters as manufactured by
Brasch Manufacturing Company, (or equal as manufactured by
Chromalox, Ideeco). Voltage, size, wattage, number of steps
and accessories shall be provided as indicated herein and on
the Drawings.
B. Heaters shall be U.Z. listed for zero clearance and meet all the
applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.
C. All resistance coil terminals and nuts shall be made of
stainless steel, and terminal insulators and bracket bush-
ings shall be made of high grade ceramic and securely po-
sitioned. Resistance wire shall be iron free, 80% nickel
and 20% chromium. Bracket supports for the resistance wire
shall be reinforced with stiffening ribs and gussets, and
space no more than four inches (4") apart. Heaters shall be
tested dielectrically for 1000V plus twice the rated voltage
or 2000V, whichever is higher.
D. Electric heaters shall be of the flanged type and shall be
suitable for mounting in a horizontal or vertical duct, and
air flow through the heater in either direction. Heaters shall
be made with galvanized steel frame. A terminal box shall be
provided on the unit with solid cover.
E. Heaters shall be furnished for volts and phases as scheduled.
Three phase heaters shall be furnished with balanced three
phase load. The control voltage shall be 120 volts or as
scheduled, and transformers with primary fuse protection
shall be provided in the terminal box for each heater when
the control voltage is not the same as the unit feeder voltage.
15650-5
F. Heaters shall be supplied with over current protection per NEC.
Over -current protection shall consist of one built-in automatic
circuit breaker overcurrent device for each element circuit.
A disc type automatic reset thermal cutout shall be furnished
for primary over -heating protection. Secondary protection
fusible links shall be provided to de -energize the elements in
case the primary cutout fails. Both devices shall be service-
able through.the terminal box without having to remove heater
from duct.
G. All duct heaters shall be sized to fit the ducts in which they
are installed and located at least 48" from any turn, transition,
tap, damper or other fitting in the duct run.
H. Provide factory mounted and wired pressure sensitive type air
flow switch to allow the heater to be "on" only when sufficient
t air is blowing through the heater.
i End 'of Section
11
15650-6
0
SECTION 15840- SHEETMETAL WORK AND ACCESSORIES
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
B. Where any reference to "sheetmetal work" or"ductwork"
appears in this section of these specifications or on
the drawings, it shall be construed to include outside
air ducts, supply air ducts, return air ducts, exhaust
ducts, relief ducts, ducts, plenums duct taps, grille
taps, and diffuser connections and all other related
f pieces and parts of the air conveying systems.
C. Before starting shop drawings or fabrication of any
ductwork, the Contractor must have an approved reflected
ceiling plan with which he can coordinate location of
air outlets, lights, the patterns, etc.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, tools,
and services and perform all operations required in connect-
ion with or properly incidental to the construction of
complete Ductwork and Accessories System as indicated on the
drawings, reasonably implied therefrom or as specified here-
in unless specifically excluded.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted on all items of sheetmetal
work only as specified hereinafter.
1.04 SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK:
A. This Contractor shall furnish and install complete systems
of ductwork as shown, including plenums, casings, splitters,
deflectors, dampers, etc. Ductwork, casings and plenums shall
be constructed of new galvanized prime grade lock forming steel
sheets.
B. Ducts and plenums shall be fabricated in accordance with the
latest edition of the ASHRAE Guide and SMACNA manual.
C. Duct longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburg Type double locked
and hammered flat.
D. All flat panels of ducts 12" and larger shall be cross -
broken or machine beaded.
15840 -1
E. In each square elbow provide air -foil pattern double thick-
ness turning vanes. Turning vanes shall be constructed in
accordance with the SMACNA Manual.
F. At each branch duct and at each sweeping elbow take -off to
a grille, provide a splitter damper consisting of blade on a
square operating rod fitted with an adjusting device. Unless
otherwise indicated on the plans the adjusting devices located
in finished ceilings shall be Ventfabrics, Inc., No. 666, with
the adjusting device securely fastened to the furring and
ceiling and cover shall be painted to match ceiling. Where
splitters occur above removable ceiling, the damper quadrant
shall be above the ceiling against the duct and shall be
Ventfabrics, Inc., No. 637.
G. Each individual air supply unit, whether sidewall, floor or
ceiling diffuser shall be fitted with a device to Fermit the
adjustment of the amount of air supplied to the unit indepen-
dent of any other outlet. These devices may take the form of
any other outlet. These devices may take the form of outlet
,boots with santrols, or of branch ducts with splitter dampers,
as installation conditions dictate, but in any case, each shall
be fitted with a means of manual adjustment of the amount of
air delivered to the outlet.
H. Construct acoustical lined ductwork where shown on the plans.
I. Where ducts connect to fans, including roof exhausters, Except
kitchen hood exhaust, flexible connectors shall be made using
"Ventglas" fabric that is fire-resistant, waterproof, mildew
resistant and practically airtight, and shall weigh approximately
thirty ounces (30 Oz.) per square yard. There shall be a
minimum of one-half inch (2") slack in the connection, and
a minimum of two and one-half inches (2211) distance between
the edges of the ducts.
Sizes shown on the plans are actual sheet metal size, allow-
ance having been made for the lining.
K. Round duct connections to rectangular ducts shall be made with
spin -in fittings and shall include quadrant dampers.
L. FLEXIBLE DUCTS:
1. Low pressure Insulated Flexible Duct shall be made with fac-
tory preinsulated t composed of a corrosion resistant
wire helix, and 9.
Rerliner, forming the duct core, per-
manently bonded to the helix spring support and covered with
a minimum of 1" thick, 3/4 lb. density fiber glass blanket
sheathed in a seamless flame -resistant vapor barrier. T�e
insulation shall have a minimum "K" factor of 0.29 at 60 F
.mean and a vapor barrier permability rating of 0.30. The
duct shall be rated for a positive working pressure of 6"
w.g. and a temperature of up to 180 F. The duct must comply
with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed and labeled
15840 - 2
E
by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as Class I Air Duct.
Maximum length of any flexible duct shall be 6'- 011.
0
2. The terminal ends of the duct shall be secured by compression
coupling or shall be coated with E.C. 800 sealant, covered
with fiber glass tape and recoated with sealant until the
tape is imbedded. The insulation blanket ends shall be
sealed with tape and sealant. If clamps are used to fasten
the duct, they shall be installed over the insulation blanket,
taped and sealant applied.
1.05 KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD DUCTS
A. Exhaust, makeup and plenums serving the hood shall be fab-
ricated in accordance with the latest editions of the ASHRAE
Guide, SMACNA Manuals, and City of Ft. Worth Mechanical Code.
B. Exhaust duct shall be minimum 1.6 gauge steel all welded
construction.
C. Kitchen makeup air ductwork below roof shall be minimum 18
gauge steel.
D. Kitchen makeup air duct work above roof shall be all welded
stainless steel type 304.
1.06 ACOUSTICAL LINING:
A. Furnish and install acoustical lining where indicated on the
plans. The lining shall be PPG "Textrafine," or equal,
neoprene coated flexible duct liner, 12 pound density. Un-
coated or mat faced insulation will not be acceptable.
B. Lining shall be made of long textile typed glass fibers.
Thickness shall be 1". Two-inch (211) lining shall be used
on all ducts above the roof.
C. Lining shall be applied with Minnesota Mining EC-33 adhesive
and additionally secured to the sheetmetal with weld pins and
speed clips used approximately 15" on center. Clip close to
clips after installation of lining. All joints shall be point-
ed up to a smooth surface with Benjamin Foster #30-35 mastic.
D. Cover the leading edge of lining with pressure sensitive tape.
.Tape shall be extended over the edte and.along both sides and
secured to sheet metal with weld pins and clips.
E. Cut lining to fit the area to be covered in one piece and
to butt against lining in adjacent duct sections.
F. Entire installation shall be done in a -neat and workmanlike
manner. Work shall be done in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
15840 - 3
.
1.07 FIRE DAMPERS AND SMOKE DAMPERS:
A. Furnish and install U.Z. labeled fire dampers and cei.lin
radiation dampers with fusible links where indicated and/or
required by local codes.
S. Eire dampers shall be 95%o minimum free area as manufactured
by Advanced Air, Snc. , Model IM-7_%.
1.08 FSjAS�IINGS:
A. Where ducts pass through roofs or exterior walls, suitable
flashing shallbe provided to prevent rain and air currents
.from entering the building. The .flashing shall be of not
less than No. 24 gauge galvanized steel.
1.09 GI3.II<ZES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS:
A. Furnish and install grilles, registers and diffusers as
indicated on the drawings and herein specified. All units
shall be constructed to have a neat, well made appearance.
Grille framework shall be rigidly constructed. Flange corners
shall be mitered and supported for a hairline crack. A11 face
bars shall be of heavy gauge metal to adequately resist bend-
ing or twisting and fit tightly and closely within the frame-
work. .The units shall have a neck to slip inside ductwork
for an airtight noiseless connection. Units not meeting the
above specifications shall be rejected at the job site.
3. It is this Contractor's responsibility to check the drawings
to supply the proper outlets, plaster frames (in plaster) and
adapting framework for the type of construction at each outlet.
The adapter shall be of the same .finish as the unit and be of
a configuration the manufacturer recommends for the construction
involved. The outlets shall .fit the construction with no add-
itional expense to the owner.
C . The manufacturer furnishing the grilles, registers ' and diffusers
.shall -verify sizes against cfm requirements for each device to
get the intended throw and be without objectional noise when
the device is applied to the system. He shall coordinate any
approved differences from the drawings with the contractor.
.It shall:be the contractor's responsibility to furnish proper
amewnrk, boots and install the devices approved.
Z. All return and discharge grilles, registers and diffusers
shall be installed in the an configuration, i.e. all return
grilles. shall be mounted to have prominent bars horizontal.
2. Supply units shall have a volume control device a-t"locations
where more than one unit is connected to the same supply duct
unless otherwise rioted in the schedule.
1584D-4
F. Units located in surfaces having a factory finish shall
be painted off-white. Units without plating shall be coated
with rust -proofing primer. Plated units shall be covered with
a thick coat of plating for a complete dense coat. Check other
sections of the General and Mechanical Specifications to
determine if painting of wall and ceiling units is to be done
by another contractor.
G. The Contractor shall furnish the grilles, registers and
diffusers as scheduled, or equal in Krueger, Barber -Colman,
Titus or Tuttle and Bailey.
End tof Section
15840-5
I SECTION 15900 - TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
' 1.02 SCOPE:
A. A complete system of electric temperature controls shall be
furnished and installed as shown on the drawings and indicated
herein.
1.03 WIRING AND CONDUIT:
A. All items required for temperature control shall be provided
by the Mechanical Contractor.
B. All wiring and conduit in connection with temperature controls
shall be furnished and installed under Electrical Work.
C. 'Wiring shall be terminated by connecting to the thermostats,
control panels, time clocks, timers or other devices and/or
numbered terminal strips as indicated on drawings furnished
by the HVAC Contractor.
D. The HVAC Contractor shall furnish, during the bidding period,
wiring diagrams (including interlock wiring) to the bidding
electrical contractor.
E. All wiring shall be color coded and tagged for future
identification.
F. All panels, time clocks, timers, switches, etc., shall be
identified with engraved plastic. Tape will not be acceptable.
1.04 FIRESTA TS:
A. Each roof top A/C unit shall be provided with a manual reset
firestat. The supply fan shall be int8rlocked to stop when the
firestat in :the return air senses 125 F.
1.05 THERMOSTAT COVERS:
A. Provide metal locking covers for all thermostats including
the duct heater stat.
1.06 TIME CLOCKS:
A. Furnish and install time clocks having individual starting and
stopping points for each day. Where one time clock controls more
than one unit, time delay relays shall be installed to prevent
simultaneous starting of units. A spring wound interval timer
shall be provided to over -ride the time clock for a predetermined
period up to four hours.
End of Section
15900-1
SECTION 15990 - CLEANING AND TESTING
1.01 GENERAL:
A. Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for
Mechanical Work.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. This Contractor shall, at his own expense, during the
progress of the work or upon its completion, make such
tests of his work as are herein specified in accordance
with all law governing authorities, or as are required by
Engineer or by state or municipal bureaus having jurisdiction
and under their supervision. The Contractor shall provide all
apparatus, temporary piping connections or any other require-
ments necessary for such tests. He shall take all due pre-
cautions to prevent damage to building or its contents incurred
by such tests, as he will be required to repair and make good
at his own expense, any damage so caused. Any leaks, defects
or deficiencies discovered as a result of the tests shall be
immediately repaired or made good and tests shall be repeated
until the test requirements are fully complied with. No
caulking of pipe joints to remedy leaks will be permitted.
B. No work of any nature shall be covered, enclosed or other-
wise concealed until properly inspected, tested and approved.
Any leaks which develop during any of'.the tests shall be
corrected with new material and made as good as required;
said tests shall be repeated until the work is satisfactory
to Engineer and the.mechanical inspectors in every way.
C. Each separate system with its various components shall be
operated by this Contractor for a reasonable length of time to
demonstrate the performance of all equipment and piping in
accordance with the true intent and purpose of the plans and
specifications. All necessary adjustments shall -be made to
the satisfaction of the Architect.
D. All motor driven equipment shall be proved operable
generally in accordance with the intent of these specifications.
" .03 TESTING AND ADJUSTING:
A. Water Piping Systems: Water piping systems shall be properly
tested to a hydrostatic pressure of one hundred and fifty pounds
per square inch (150Psi) gauge for a period of not less than
eight (8) hours. During this test period, all leaks in pipe,
fittings and accessories, in the particular piping system which
is being tested, shall be stopped and the hydrostatic.test shall
again be applied. This procedure.shall be repeated for an entire
eight (8) hour period and no leaks can be found while the system
15990-1
being tested is subject to the pressure mentioned above.
B. Sanitary Sewer System: Pipe shall have all outlets temporarily
plugged. The pipes shall be filled with water testing the
system in sections such that no section shall be tested with
less than ten foot (101) head of water. If, after twenty-four
hours, the level of the water has been lowered be leakage, the
leaks must be found and stopped by this Contractor, and
the water level shall again be raised and the test repeated
until after a twenty-four hour retention period there shall be
no perceptible lowering of the water level of the system being
tested.
C. Gas Piping Systems: Gas piping system shall be subjected to
a pneumatic pressure test of fifteen (15psi.) pounds per square
inch. While the systems are subjected to this air pressure,
all joints shall have a soapy water solution applied for the
purpose of detecting minute, as well as larger, leaks. If
leaks are found in welded lines, they shall be repaired by
clipping and rewelding operations. Alternate testing and re -
welding operations shall be repeated until the gas piping
'systems are absolutely tight. If leaks occur in the case of
threaded joints, such leaks may be eliminated by replacing the
fittings or properly tightening them.
D. Storm Drainage System: All storm drains shall be tested in
vertical sections by filling leader with water and allowing
to stand twenty-four (24) hours. Any leaks shall be repaired
and the test repeated.
E. All of the above tests shall be observed by a representative
of the architects before tests are removed.
1.04 STERILIZATION:
A. After completion of the testing, the entire domestic cold
and hot water piping systems with attached equipment shall
be throughly sterilized with a solution containing not less
than 50 parts per million of available chlorine. The chlorinating
material shall be either liquid chlorine, conforming to U.S. Army
Specification #4-1, or calcium hypochlorite or chlorinated lime
conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification 0-C-114
and shall be pumped into the system through the connection
described below. The sterilization solution shall beallowed
to .remain in the system for a period of eight (8)hours, during
which time all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed
several times. After sterilization, the solution shall be
flushed from the system with clean water until the residual
chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million.
15990-2
1
A
}
B. The sterilization solution shall be introduced into the
water system through a 3/4" opening to be provided in the
water main on the house side of the water meter.
C. The sterilization process shall be conducted under the dir-
ection of the local health department and upon completion of
the process, the health department shall test and verify the
cleanliness of the water piping system.
1.05 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL:
A. Upon the satisfactory completion and final test of the
mechanical systems, the Contractor shall obtain from the
proper authority having jurisdiction and shall deliver to
the Engineer and to the Owner, a certificate of approval
thereof.
End of Section
A
15990-3
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
NOTICE:
'THE ELECTRICAL SECTIONS'WHICH'FOLLOW ARE PROVIDED`FOR CONTRACTOR'S INFORMATION
IN BIDDING. THESE SPECIFICATIONS WERE WRITTEN FOR THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION
OF THIS PROJECT_
TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE AND.BELIEF THE PROJECT WAS CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORD-
ANCE WITH THE THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
WHERE NEW MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE RE -CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION.
SHOULD THE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION BE AT VARIANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION; PROVIDED THAT NEW MATERIALS RE-
QUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION'DO NOT VIOLATE CURRENT CODE REQUIRE-
MENTS.
DIVISION 16
Section 16110 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for Mechanical and
Electrical Work.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to fur-
nish and install raceways and fittings as indicated on the drawings and
as described in this Section.
1.03 CONDUITS:
a. Conduits_, electrical metallic tubing, flexible metallic tubing and
couplings shall be GE, Republic, or Triangle Conduit Co., hot -dipped
galvanized meeting the requirements of the American Standard Association.
b. All raceways within the building may be fabricated from either hot -
dip galvanized rigid steel or E.M.T. The use of E.M.T. is limited to
raceways not in concrete, not subject to physical damage, and less than
one and one-half inches in diameter (1 1/2"). Raceways installed in
concrete shall be fabricated from rigid galvanized steel conduit. Con-
duits in contact with earth shall be Schedule 40 PVC, polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) Type II (Designed for Underground Installation without encasement
in Concrete) conforming to the applicable requirements of ASTM D.1784,
D-883 and D-1600. All of the above shall bear N.B.F.U. and U.L. labels
and shall be installed as required by Code.
c. Fittings for use on raceway systems shall be as follows:
On all rigid conduit use standard threaded connectors made up wrench
tight. Where rigid conduit enters boxes of any description, secure the
box with locknut on the outside and locknut and insulated bushing on the
inside. On all E.M.T. use standard U.L. approved rain tight compression
type fittings with insulated bushings. Where E.M.T. enters boxes, con-
nections shall be made with insulated throat compression type connectors.
All entrances of raceway systems into outlet boxes, wireways or junction
boxes shall be made with the use of insulated bushings.
d. Flexible metallic conduit shall be constructed from flexible or
spirally wound electro-galvanized steel .terminated with approved -ground-
ing fittings. Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall be light gray
in color, shall have "Seal-tite" fittings and shall be equal to American
Brass "Seal-tite" Type U.A. All flexible metal conduit shall contain a
bonding ground wire sized per N.E.C. A section of metallic flexible con-
duit shall be used to connect each motor and rotating device for power
and control, shall be a minimum of 12" in length, shall be "Seal-tite"
construction.
1.04 a. Outlet boxes shall be standard, stamped galvanized steel boxes
except as hereinafter noted, and shall be as manufactured by "Steel City."
16110-1
Each box shall be of the proper size to accommodate the device and
function for which they are shown.
b. Boxes for wall devices, such as light switches, convenience outlets,
telephone outlets, shall generally be four inches (4") square outlet
boxes. Boxes shall be multiple gang where required, properly sized to
accept the required devices and shall be furnished complete with plaster
ring where required.
c. Boxes for mounting of lighting fixtures shall be three or four inch
(3" or 4") octagon boxes, equipped with 3/8" "no -bolt" fixture studs.
d. All boxes shall be furnished with proper covers or wall device plates.
Boxes unused for any reason shall have blank cover plates.
e. Boxes for installation in concrete floors, on grade or below grade
shall be galvanized cast iron with .threaded conduit entrances, water-
proof type, with means of adjusting coverplate to finished floor level.
Covers shall be flushed polished brass, waterproof type with threaded
outlets to receive the devices scheduled.
f. Wall boxes for installation in exterior walls shall be hot -dipped
galvanized cast iron, special square corner "Raco" masonry type,
furnished complete with weatherproof covers and rubber gaskets.
1.05 WIREWAYS, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES:
Furnish and install all wireways, junction and pull boxes shown on the
drawings and required. Fabricate in accordance with NEMA, National
Electrical Code Standards and requirements insofar as material, gauges,
dimensions and methods of fastening are concerned. Wireways, junction
and pull boxes shall bear U.L. labels. Shall have spot welded back and
sides and screw attached removable covers, finished in standard gray
enamel. Units not sized on drawings shall be sized in accordance with
NEC standards.
1.06 CONDUITS HANGER AND SUPPORTS:
a. Contractor shall furnish all foundations or supports for the work to
be installed. Hangers, clamps, rods, etc., shall be as manufactured by
Steel City, Rindorf or equal.
b. Single runs of conduits shall be,fastened.to-the structure -with hot -
dipped galvanized malleable iron one -hole pipe straps, beam clamps, or
hung on steel rod hangers. Rod hangers shall be selected for the weight
to be supported but shall not be smaller than No. 8. Conduits on rod
hangers shall be fastened with adjustable "J" pipe hangers. Conduits
less than two inches (211) may be fastened with pipe hangers equal to
Rindorf Type 6H.
c. All steel bolts, nuts, washers, and screws shall be galvanized or
cadmium plated. Supports shall be job inhibited at all cuts, breaks,
welds, or other points where rust inhibitor coating is broken. Indi-
vidual hangers, trapeze hangers, and rods shall be prime coated.
16110=2
1.07 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS:
a. All wiring, unless specifically noted to the contrary, shall be
installed in metallic raceways. These raceways shall be run concealed
in all finished areas and where run exposed shall be run square to the
building and held as tight as possible to the building construction.
Horizontal runs shall be installed to provide a natural drain for con-
densation, and to maintain true raceway alignment, without sag or
deformation either during pull -in of conductors or after conductors
are in place.
b. The drawings indicate the required size of all raceways, except as
otherwise noted, the points of termination, and a suggested routing.
However, it shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to install
the conduit in proper coordination with the building structure and the
other mechanical trades, to satisfy all codes. Where conduits for both
branch, and feeder circuits are run concealed in slab, they may be run
out of square to the building providing the shortest runs possible.
c. Conduit sizes as shown on the drawings are minimum. Conduit where
`sizes are not shown shall be in accordance with National Electric Code,
using three -fourths (3/4") as a minimum size in slabs or masonry. Ream
out ends of all conduit before installation of wire. Keep dry during
construction by properly plugging or capping all ends and swab out before
wires are pulled in. All.bends shall be made with approved bending device,
and all crushed, deformed or injured conduit must be replaced before pull-
ing of wire. Do not install conduit larger than one inch (1") horizon-
tally in concrete slabs without written approval from the Engineer. All
roof penetrations shall be made in adequate time for the Roofer -to make
proper flashings.
d. ,Conduits and raceways shall be securely fastened to and supported
from the building structure unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Conduits less than two inches (2") shall have hangers spaced not more
than eight feet (8'-0") on centers. Conduit two inches (2") and over
shall have hangers not more than ten feet (10'-0") on centers. Conduits
shall be supported within three feet (3'-0") of each bead, -at each outlet,
junction box or cabinet. Conduits shall be secured by means of toggle
bolts on hollow masonry; expansion shields and machine screws on precast
concrete; standard preset inserts on poured concrete; machine screws and
bolts on metal, and wood screws on wood construction. Supports shall
maintain horizontal and vertical alignment,of.raceways and.shall not
adversely affect the building structure in strength or appearance.
Perforated strap or wire hangers shall not be accepted for any work.
e. PVC conduits shall be joined with EFC-40-PVC couplings of the solvent
or screw type.
f. Suitable angle iron or framing channel supports shall be used to
support all panelboards and pull boxes. These cabinets and boxes shall
be supported to the floor and structure above independent of the race-
ways entering the boxes.
161I0-3
t1
g. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine from
the drawings by actual determination on the site, the exact location of
each and every outlet. The outlet locations shall be modified from
those shown on the plans to accommodate changes in door swings or to
clear other interferences, as well as modifications within room spaces.
These modifications shall be made with no change in contract price and
shall be a matter of job coordination at the expense of this Contractor.
Wall boxes shall be set in advance of wall construction, shall be blocked
in place and secured. All wall boxes shall be set flush with the finish.
h. Unless otherwise noted or directed by the Engineer to the contrary
at the time of installation, outlet boxes shall be placed at the follow-
ing heights --center of box to finished floor level. Wall switches and
thermostats--4'6"; convenience outlets and telephones--12" wall brackets
outlets 6'6".
i. All motors and rotating equipment shall be connected to the conduit
system by the use of a section of flexible conduit not more than 24"
nor less than 12" in length. Where connections are made outdoors,
weatherproof liquid -tight flexible conduit shall be used.
End of Section 16110-4
DIVISION 16
Section 16130 CONDUCTORS
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for Electrical Work.
1.02 SCOPE:
Provide all labor, materials,
furnish and install conductors
described in this Section.
1.03 CONDUCTORS:
equipment and facilities necessary to
as indicated on the drawings and as
a. All conductors shall be made of soft -drawn annealed copper with a
conductivity not less than that of 98% pure copper, as manufactured by
Anaconda, G.E., Triangle Cable Co., or equal. All wire size #8 AWG
and smaller shall be solid conductor type; all #6 AWG and larger shall
be stranded,conductor type.
b. All wiring systems shall utilize conductors with insulation rated
at 600 volts and insulated with type "THW" insulation except type "TW"
to branch circuit wiring to light fixture switches and outlets, and for
control wiring. Wire in fixture channels and other special locations
shall be as specifically noted for temperature in Article 310 in the
National Electrical Code.
c. Minimum wire sizes shall be as follows: for 20 ampere branch circuit
#12 gauge, except that home runs greater 100 feet on 120/240 volt shall
be #10 gauge systems from the panel to the first outlet of the circuit.
d. All wire #6 gauge and smaller shall be factory color coded. Where
factory color is not available, mark conductors on each end with a one -
inch (1") band of colored pressure-sensite plastic tape or by the use of
a brilliant waterproof lacquer properly applied. Colors for each phase
and the neutral shall be consistent throughout the system.
Color code shall be as follows:
120/208 Volts 277/480 Volts
Phase A,B,C. Black Brown
Neutral White Gray
Ground Green Green
The white or gray conductor shall be the neutral at each lighting fixture.
Switches shall be installed in "hot" legs.
e. Conductors having white, gray, or green covering shall not be used to
indicate other than neutral or grounding. This limitation applies to all
power, lighting and control circuits.
16130-1
41
2.04 INSTA11ATION OF COND= RS
a. Installation of conductors small be made in a neat and workmanlike
manner to meet Code requirements and shall be run continuous without
weld splice or joint between boxes. Do not install wires in conduit
unless the entire system of conduit and outlet boxes is permanently in
place. All conductors shall be pulled using a U.I. approved wire
lubricant.
b. cmmaections to :terminals using -pressure type. connectors.
Soldered joints will not be permitted. All joints in conductors shall
be made by first twisting the.conductors, then applying a U.L. approved,
Insulated, cadmium -plated, live steel, spring type connector in all
sizes up to the catalog capacity of the connectors. In no case will
wire nuts be allowed. On sizes larger than catalog rapacity of the
connectors listed above, joints shall be made with an approved clamp
Type"solderless connector insulated with a U.I.. approved plastic elec-
trical tape with -the -number of layers required to give an insulating
quality equal to that of the conductor itself. Where wire sizes
larger than the ,catalog terminal size must be connected to wiring
'devices, they shall be connected as follows: install a short length
of the largest size conductor with connectors hereinbefore specified.
Contact area between the two (2) conductors shall be at least twice
the cross sectional area of the largest conductor. Provide oversized
boxes as required for this installation.
26130-2
4
DIVISION 16
Section 16220 UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICES
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 15010 for General Requirements for Electrical Work.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to
' furnish and install underground electrical services as indicated on
the drawings and described in this Section.
1.03 COORDINATION:
a. Electrical services shown on the drawings reflect information obtained
from the electric utility company. The Contractor shall verify all data
with the electrical utility company and shall install facilities in exact
compliance with utility company requirements.
t . Contractor shall coordinate with the power company for the removal
of the existing poles and ducts, within the building site, and shall
include in his bid all cost related to this removal and installation of
new services.
1.04 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS:
a. Refer to Section 16110.
b. All electrical service conduits outside the building shall be buried
underground to a minimum depth of 24" below grade.
1.05 CONDUCTORS:
a. Refer to Section 16130.
b. Service entrance conductors shall be installed without splice from
the power company transformers to the service entrance equipment.
1.06 SERVICE VOLTAGE:
t
The service voltage for the building is 277/480 volts 3 phase 4 wire
delivered at the connection enclosure.
1.07 METERING:
All metering shall be done at the connection enclosure. The power company
will furnish and install the connection enclosure, current transformers
and meter required.
1.08 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE:
The Electrical Contractor shall make arrangements with the electric utility
company in his name for installation of a temporary electric power and
16220-1
light service entrance to the property. The Electrical Contractor is
to pay the utility company for the installation of such service entrance,
and all utility company charges for all energy used during construction
period.
b. The Electrical Contractor is to furnish, install, extend, connect,
maintain, and when so ordered, remove system of temporary electric dis-
tribution throughout the property and building. This system is to
include all required fuses and panelboards for receptacles, weatherproof
outlets and lights in accordance with O.S.H.A. requirements.
c. The Electrical Contractor shall provide personnel to energize the
temporary light and power distribution system in the morning of each
normal working day at least fifteen minutes before normal starting time
of building trades and to de -energize the system fifteen minutes after
normal quitting time of the building trades then involved in the work.
A
End of Section
16220-2
N
DIVISION 16
Section 16250 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 15010 for the General Requirements for Electrical Work.
1.02 SCOPE:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to
furnish and install grounding systems as shown on the drawings and
described in this Section.
1.03 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS:
Refer to Section 16110.
1.04 CONDUCTORS:
Refer to Section 16130.
L
1.05 INSTALLATION:
a. All electrical systems (circuits and equipment) shall be properly
grounded in accordance with NEC Article 250, applicable local codes, and
as herein specified or detailed on the drawings.
b. The main switches and service entry wires shall be grounded to the
nearest copper cold water pipe. Approved grounding connectors shall be
used at water pipes and at equipment ground lugs. Grounding conductors
shall be sized in accordance with NEC Section 250-94 (a) and shall be
enclosed in conduit bonded to the conductor at each end. In addition,
the main switchboard grounding conductor shall be connected to a 3/4"
by 8 ft. copper weld ground rod.
c. Each voltage system shall be grounded in accordance with NEC Section
250-26. These NEC requirements are minimum and where higher requirements
are specified or scheduled, the higher requirements shall apply.
d. Rigid metal conduit and electrical metallic tubing shall serve as
equipment grounding conductors. All couplings shall be made up wrench -
tight. Install grounding conductor in all non-metallic raceways.
e. Interior lighting fixtures shall be grounded with grounding conductor
to rigid metal raceways serving them. Flexible metal conduit in lengths
less than six feet (6'-0") may be used as grounding conductors when
terminated with approved fittings on circuits of 20 amperes or less.
f. Where connections are made to motors or equipment with flexible metal
conduit, grounding conductor shall be stranded copper conductor within the
conduit, bonded to the equipment and to the rigid metal raceway system.
Conductor shall be sized per NEC Table 250-95.
16250-1
g. At each convenience outlet, there shall be installed a grounding
clip attached to the outlet box and a sufficient length of #12 wire
with insulation colored green to connect to the grounding terminal of
the receptable. Grounding clip shall be equal to Steel City Type G.
This requirement may be deleted if automatic grounding clip receptacles
meeting NEC Article 250-74 Exception No. 2 are used.
End of Section
16250-2
• DIVISION 16
Section 16300 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements for Electrical Work.
' 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to
furnish and install the electrical distribution system as shown on the
drawings and described in this Section.
1.03 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS:
Refer to Section 16110.
1.04 CONDUCTORS:
Refer to Section 16130.
1.05 MAIN SWITCHBOARD:
a. Main switchboard shall be General Electric Type AV -Line, or equivalent
as manufactured by Federal'Pacific, Cutler -Hammer, ITE or Westinghouse,
and shall be arranged generally as shown on the Plans.
b. Switchboard shall be of the dead front, dead rear, totally enclosed
type. Entire switchboard shall be finished with a prime coat and two (2)
finish coats of blue -grey lacquer.
c. A ground bus shall be furnished secured to each vertical structure
and shall extend the entire length of the switchboard.
d. Protective devices shall be QMR Switch -Fuse, with KI current limiting
fuse.
e. Bus structure shall be copper bar braced for the maximum RMS asym-
metrical current available. Bus -bars, joints and all other connections
shall be of such proportions that under continuous full load the temper-
ature rise above ambient shall not exceed 55° C. Horizontal connections
between sections shall be bus -bar construction.
1.06 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS:
a. Dry type transformers shall be General Electric Type QHT; naturally
air-cooled for indoor service; with not less than four 2-1/2% FCBN taps;
suitable for 60° C cable connections; and as scheduled on the Drawings.
Sound level ratings must be clearly stated for each transformer on the
shop drawing submittal.
b. Conduit connections to transformers shall only be made at locations
specifically designated by the manufacturer. Transformers shall be
16300-1
• located with adequate clearance for good ventilation, and shall be mounted
to the building structure by means of vibration isolators. Provide ade-
quate grounding for transformer case and secondary wiring.
c. Contractor shall make accurate readings of the secondary voltages
of each transformer. and shall present these readings to the Engineer as
evidence of proper connection of transformer taps.
1.D7 ZTZ=G PANELBOABDS:
a. 1'anelboards shall consist of a box, front, interior and circuit pro-
tective devices and shall be manufactured in accordance with 14EEMA
standards and bear applicable Underwriters' Laboratories labels.
b. The box shall be fabricated of code gauge galvanized sheet steel in
accordance with latest U.Z. standards, and shall have turned edges
around the front for rigidity and for clamping on front. Standard.knock-
outs shall be provided. The front shall be fabricated from sheet steel
and finished with baked -on gray enamel over a rush inhibitor. Each front
shall have a door mounted on semi -concealed hinges with a cylinder lock,
-index card and card holder. All panelboard locks shall be masters -keyed
and all index cards shall be properly completed on a typewriter.
c. The interior shall consist of a factory -assembled rigid frame support-
ing the rectangular bus, the mains and the neutral bar. The mussing shall
be.arranged for sequence phasing throughout. Bus bars shall be sized so
as to limit the temperature rise.3n accordance with the latest MMA
standards. The insulated neutral bar shall be located at the opposite
end of the structure from the mains and shall have numbered terminals.
The mains shall have either solderless lugs or a main circuit protective
device as scheduled. Each enclosure shall be provided with grounding lugs
and iminsulated equipment -grounding to :m nals.
d. The circuit protective devices shall be molded case rl-rcuft breakers
of the quick -made, quick -break, thermal magnetic type and shall be operated
by means of toggle type mechanism with trip indication. The number of
poles, ampere rating and trip rating of the breakers shall be as scheduled.
The short circuit rating shall be as scheduled on the drawings. All
circuit breakers shall be of the bolt in type.
e. Approved manufacturers: '.General Sl.ectr3c, Square 3)9 Vestingbouse,
or S.T.E.
IAB SAY SM =1 :
a. Safety switches shall be bDD T or 240 T s1mg1e throw, fusible or non -
fusible depending upon the service indicated. They shall be horsepower
rated, i eavy duty, designed for lnrlcing in "DV' .cr 190Fp" position, in
rode gauge steel cabinets.
b. Switches shall have number of poles required, dependent on ph2ses
serving equipment. Where switches are utilized for non -fusible Ais-
connects, they may be "General Zuty" Type T.H.
1b300-2
i
c. Switches shall be Underwriters' approved for duty shown and NEMA
3R where exposed to weather. NEMA 3R switches shall have weatherproof
threaded hubs for all conduit entries into switch.
d. All switches shall be identified, as to equipment served, with
engraved laminated plastic plates. White letters on black background
shall be minimum of 1/8" high.
1.09 FUSES:
Furnish and install all fuses necessary during construction and testing
and deliver the system complete with new fuses in good working condition.
All fuses shall be Bussman "Fusetrons" or Chase-Shawmut "Trions",
except where specifically indicated otherwise. Fuses above 600 amperes
shall be Bussman "Hi -Capp" or Chase-Shawmut "Am -Trap". The Contractor
shall furnish one (1) complete duplicate set of spare fuses in original
cartons; except that no more than ten (10) of .any one type and size of
spare fuse need be furnished. These spare fuses shall be furnished, at
the time of the final inspection, in a single container and accompanied
with letter of transmittal and list of fuses furnished.
f
1.10 WIRING DEVICES:
a. The wiring devices as shown in symbol list on the drawings, and/or
specified herein shall be furnished and properly installed in their
respective outlets.
b. Device plates shall be in proper units or gangs as required; sectional
plates will not be accepted. Device plates in finished areas shall be
uniline ivory phenolic; plates in unfinished areas shall be zinc coated
steel with beveled at rounded edges.
c.' Flush switches shall be as specified. Terminal screws or connectors
shall be designed -to accommodate and firmly terminate up to No. 10 solid
conductors. Switches controlling or disconnecting motor loads in excess
of 1/2 HP shall be HP rated and approved for motor control or disconnect
service. Switches shall be 120 single pole, double pole, or 3-way as
indicated by the symbol.
d. Approved manufacturers: Hubbell, Arrow Hart, Bryant, Sierra, General
Electric.
1.11 TIME SWITCHES:
Time switches shall be Tork, Sangamo, Paragon or Intermatic, types as
shown on Drawings. Contractor shall set time switches to desired
schedules. Each time switch shall have an exterior engraved plastic
nameplate describing the device or function controlled.
1.12 TESTING AND LOAD BALANCING:
a. Test all circuits to assure them to be free of grounds. Light and
test each lamp. Prove and test energy available at the load side of
16300-3
a
disconnect switches and the final point of connection to driven equip-
ment. The Contractor shall make all necessary and reasonable tests as
required by the Engineer to prove the integrity of his work and shall
leave the complete electrical installation in first class condition and
ready for operation.
b. The various branch circuits served from the lighting panelboards
vary in loading. The Contractor shall carefully balance the load on
each phase when connecting the various branch circuits in each panel -
board. When all load is turned on and the system is operating at 100%
demand, the initial unbalance shall not exceed 10%.
c. Furnish at the completion of the project or each bonafide portion
of the project, a final inspection certificate from the local inspec-
tion authority.
1.13 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT:
a. The electrical contractor shall make all electrical power and control
connections to equipment furnished under other contracts and furnish
wiring, conduit, outlet boxes, disconnect switches, etc., as required
for same throughout the building. He shall check the General Construc-
tion, Plumbing, Heating and Air Conditioning Plans and Specifications
and inform himself as to the amount of such wiring that may be required
and include same in his bid. Locations, horsepower, voltages, etc., of
all such equipment, shall be verified as the job progresses. If an
apparent conflict arises in power wiring, the electrical contractor
shall advise the Engineer immediately for clarification.
b. Motor controls and pilot devices, such as starters, control switches,
r thermostats, pushbutton stations, etc., will be furnished by the same
Contractor who furnished the equipment; but the electrical contractor
shall mount all such and make electrical power and control connections
thereto, in accordance with diagrams furnished by the supplier of the
i equipment. The electrical contractor shall furnish and install all
disconnect switches as shown and where required by national or local
codes. In general, all such wiring shall be in conduit, with a short
section flexible conduit at each motor, and shall be securely attached
at the point of adapting to flexible.
' 1.14 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS:
This Contractor shall completely wire and connect all temperature controls
and indication equipment provided and set in place by others, and.shall
refer to the Mechanical Divisions of these Drawings and Specifications
for information as to the scope of this work. The Owner or other Con-
tractors will furnish the exact locations of equipment, and also'all
instructions and wiring diagrams necessary to select the materials
required to install this equipment properly. This Contractor shall
furnish and install all conduit, wire, boxes and common wiring materials
necessary unless specifically excluded elsewhere herein. All wire sizes
for temperature controls shall be as recommended by manufacturer.
End of'Section
16300-4
11
DIVISION 16
Section 16400 LIGHTING FIXTURES
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements for Electrical Work.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to
r furnish and install lighting fixtures as shown and scheduled on the
drawings and described in this Section.
1.03 LIGHTING FIXTURES:
See Schedule on plans.
1.04 INSTALLATION:
a. This Contractor shall furnish and install a lighting fixture as here-
'-inafter specified and as scheduled on the drawings on each and every
outlet in accordance with the type designation shown on the drawings.
If a type designation is omitted, the fixture shall be of the same type
• as it is shown for rooms of similar usage. Verify installation.
b. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to check the architec-
tural finishes, and, regardless of specified or scheduled catalog number,
prefixes and suffixes, furnish fixtures with the proper trim, frames,
support, hangers and other miscellaneous appurtenances required to
properly coordinate with said finishes.
c. Immediately before final inspection, this Contractor shall thoroughly
clean all fixtures, inside and out, including plastics and glassware,
shall adjust all trim to properly fit adjacent surface, replace broken
or damaged parts, and lamp and test all fixtures for electrical as well
as mechanical operation.
d. All lamps shall be new and delivered to the job in the original pack-
ing cases and sleeves. Unless otherwise scheduled, incandescent lamps
shall be 120 volt inside frosted general service lamps and fluorescent
lamps shall be rapid start. Approved manufacturers: Westinghouse,
Sylvania, General Electric.
e. Ballasts for fluorescent lamps shall be high power factor, Class "P",
one or two lamps as required. Ballasts shall be manufactured in accord-
ance with CBM standards, ETL certified and UL approved sound rated "A".
Ballasts shall be protected by a built-in resetting thermal protector.
Ballasts shall be Advance Kool Koil Mark II or equal. Approved manu-
facturers: Advance, General Electric or Universal.
1.05 AIMING AND ADJUSTING:
Interior adjustable lighting fixtures and exterior building. area, and
landscape lighting fixtures will require careful aiming and adjustment
16400-1
S 11
� f
after installation. The Contractor shall include in his bid all neces-
sary labor and materials to make these adjustments, including after -
dark labor time as may be required. All adjustments shall be made at the
direction of the Architect.
S
IJ
A
End of Section
16400-2
DIVISION 16
Section 16500 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS ROUGH -IN
1.01 GENERAL:
Refer to Section 16010 for General Requirements for Electrical Work.
= 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK:
Provide all labor, materials, equipment and facilities necessary to
furnish and install the telephone system rough -in as shown on the draw-
ings and described in this Section.
1.03 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS:
Refer to Section 16110.
1.04 TELEPHONE SERVICE:
Contractor shall install an empty P.V.C. conduit in which a No. 14 gauge
`galvanized steel pull wire shall be left for use by telephone company,
run underground as shown on Plans. Maintain twelve inch (12") minimum
separation from any power conduits. Conduit shall be run to a manhole
and terminated ina manner satisfactory to the telephone company.
1.05 TELEPHONE ROUGH -IN:
a. Wall telephone outlet shall consist of a 4" x 4" box with raised
cover and a one -hole stainless steel device plate.
b. Floor boxes shall be galvanized cast iron, weather proof box. with one -
hole flush cover.
1.06 TERMINAL BOARDS:
Terminal boards shall consist of three-quarters inch (3/4") Grade B,
plywood, securely fastened to wall and painted two (2) coats of battle-
ship grey finish.
1.0.7 INSTALLATION:
a. This installation shall employ the same methods and materials as for
lighting circuits under these Specifications.
b. Upon completion of roughing -in for these systems, install 200 lb. test
nylon pull cord for future installation of telephone wiring by others.
End of Section
16500-1
1.
MTVISION 16
Section 16725 MAX= 71M AiARM SYSTEM
2.Dl SCOPE:
The Contractor sball furnish all equipment and accessories for and install
a complete electronically operated, double -supervised, closed circuit,
24 volt, DC powered Fire Alarm System as. described herein and as shown on
the Plans.
1.D2 "REQUIXM=S OF DESIGN:
3?quipment and accessories furnished under. the terms of this Specification
shall be the standard products of a single manufacturer and shall be
equal in all respects to those manufactured by Autocall Division of
Federal Sign and Signal Corporation, Shelby, Ohio. Catalog numbers and
model designations which appear herein indicate design, quality acid type
of material as well as required operating characteristics. All equipment
shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories.
� � •-wry ••x:• n��
a. Operation of a single action pull lever on arty manual station in the
system shall cause the sounding of a continuous audible (and flashing
visual) alarm in the building until alarm initiating device has been
restored to normal and a reset switch manually actuated at control panel.
b. The system shall be electrically supervised against open circuits and
grounds on .the wiring to the alarm initiating or indicating devices. An
open or ground in the system shall cause a separately mounted trouble
signal to sound continuously until the system is -restored to normal or
until the signal As silenced by means of a switch on the control unit.
1.D4 CDIT= UNIT:
a. The control unit shall be modular and of dead front .construction using
solid state components to operate the system. Alarm initiatingcircuits
shall meet -the requirements. of NFPA Pamphlet 72A for limited energy appli-
cations and function with up to 1300 ohms resistance through alarm initi-
ating device contracts and associated wiring. The control emit shall
' contain a supervisory mi]liammeter, internal trouble signal with silencing
switches, system reset switch, system.test-switch rnd.shall be .double
supervised so that the trouble signal shall sound in the event of loss
of either operating or supervising power. Two neon pilot lamps shall be
Installed on the face of control unit that shall remain 1111rdnated to
indicate both operating and supervising power lines are energized.
t Trouble signal silencing switches shall be furnished, each with its asso-
ciated pilot lamp, so that faults on the alarm initiating c3scuits and the
alarm signal circuits can initiate trouble signals and be silenced inde-
pendently of each other. Any relays used for sounding alarm bells or
trouble signals shall have their coils electrically supervised and sound
a trouble signal in the event of an open coil.
26725-1
J
b. Provisions shall be made for 4 bell circuits. Spare circuits shall
be used for future requirements and shall be suitably terminated.
c. Control unit shall be Autocall Type FD-FNA.
1.05 ALARM INITIATING DEVICES:
i Manual stations shall be non -coded and shall be semi -flush mounted in
finished areas and surface mounted in unfinished areas. Boxes shall be
single action with break -rod feature but shall not require break -rod to
maintain box in normal position. The fire box shall remain mechanically
latch when actuated, until manually reset to normal position. Construc-
tion shall be die-cast finished red with instructions in raised white
lettering. Manual boxes shall be Autocall Type 4051.
1.06 ALARM SIGNALS:
a. Alarm bells shall be vibrating installed on supervised circuits and
a minimum of eight inches (8") in diameter. Bells shall be clearly
labeled "FIRE ALARM'. Bells shall be Autocall Type 4600. Bells in
'unfinished areas shall be surface mounted.
b. Alarm lights shall be flashing type installed on supervised circuits.
,y Lights shall be Autocall Type V-33 semi -flushed mounted.
1.07 OPERATING POWER:
` Operating and supervising power shall each be 120V A.C. taken from a
120/208 volt single-phase, three -wire supply circuit with one phase for
operating power and the other for supervising power to sound trouble
signals.
1.08 WIRING:
All system wiring shall be No. 14 AWG, Type TW, except where noted other-
wise. Wire shall be run in conduit as specified under Secondary Power
System and as required by the manufacturer. All wiring shall be installed
in strict compliance with the National Electrical Code and all state and
local electrical codes. The system shall test free from ground opens and
short circuits.
1.09 INSTRUCTIONS:
a. A representative of the manufacturer shall instruct the Owner's
maintenance personnel and demonstrate the operation of the system after
the Owner has occupied the building.
b. Three (3) sets of operating instructions, including wiring diagrams,
shall be furnished to the Owner for his files at the time of the final
inspection.
16725-2
4 1.10 TESTS:
The Contractor shall field test the complete fire alarm system and
furnish a written statement that the system has been tested and readied
for operation prior to final acceptance. These tests shall be run during
other than regular working hours, and at a time mutually satisfactory to
the Owner, Architect, the General Contractor and his sub -contractors.
1
a
End of Section
16725-3
11
�Scw
City of Fort o rt Worth' Eexas
Mayor and 35�
Council Communication
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT: RENOVATION AND REPAIR OF THE PAGE
NUMBER SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER 2
11-15-88 **C-11294 (BID PACKAGE 5) CHANGE ORDER NO. 5 10f
RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to approve
Change Order No. 5 for the Southside Multi -Purpose Center (Bid Package 5) in
the amount of $5,887.64 to City Secretary Contract No. 16355 with Ski -Hi
Enterprises, Inc., increasing the contract amount to $107,777.47.
DISCUSSION
On May 5, 1988 (M&C C-10902), the City Council authorized the City Manager to
execute City Secretary Contract No. 16355 with Ski -Hi Enterprises, Inc., to
perform mechanical work on the Southside Multi -Purpose Center, 959 Rosedale
Street. The original contract amount was $86,950.00.
On May 10, 1988, Change Order No. 1 was approved in the amount of $1,131.00
to remove an existing P.V.C. pipe and replace it with cast iron pipe.
On July 29, 1988, Change Order No. 2 was approved in the amount of $1,800.00
to replace a damaged cast iron sanitary sewer.
On August 16, 1988, Change Order No. 3 was approved in the amount of
$2,000.00 to remove 80 linear feet of existing sanitary sewer and replace it
at a lower level, below the new structural floor slab.
On September 6, 1988, Change Order No. 4 was approved in the amount of
$10,008.83 to install stainless steel sink, relocate janitors room, install
fire dampers and change water closet in Room 154.
REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER NO. 5
Proposed Change Order No. 5 is required to repair H.V.A.C. duct work found to
be damaged, or incorrectly installed by original contractor.
ADD $5,887.64
Staff believes the price to be fair and reasonable.
EFFECT OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER NO. 3
Original Contract Amount: $ 86,950.00
Previously approved Change Order Nos. 1 - 4: 14,939.83
Proposed Change Order No. 5: 5,887.64
Proposed New Contract Amount: $107,777.47
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT: RENOVATION AND REPAIR OF THE PAGE
NUMBER SOUTHSIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER 2 __of2
11-15-88 **C-11294 (BID PACKAGE 5) CHANGF nRr)FR N(1_ 5
Approval of Change Order No. 5 would increase the contract amount to
$107,777.47 or 23.95% increase over the original contract amount, which
amounts to a 4.44% increase over the aggregate project amount.
FINANCING
Sufficient funds are available in Fund No. 76, Project No. 206081-40,
Southside Multi -Purpose Center Renovation, to finance this change order.
DAI:d/mmc#3
SUBMITTED FOR THE
CITY MANAGER'S
OFFICE BY: f
ORIGINATING
DEPARTMENT HEAD:
DISPOSITION BY COUNCIL:
❑ APPROVED
❑ OTHER (DESCRIBE)
PROCESSED BY
CITY SECRETARY
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTACT: W. Mass(
815
DATE
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Mayor and Council Communication
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECTF I NAL PAYMENT PAGE
NUMBER S UTHIDE MULTI -PURPOSE CENTER 1
2-21-89 **FP-2526 R PAIRS AND RENOVATION, BID 'of —
PACKAGE NO. 5
RECOMMENDATION
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. accept the project to perform the plumbing and mechanical work at the
Southside Multi -Purpose Center as complete on December 29, 1988; and
2. authorize final payment on City Secretary Contract No. 16355 in the
amount of $10,777.75 to Ski -Hi Enterprises, Inc.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Project Name:
Project No.:
Contract No.:
Contractor:
Contract Awarded:
Work Order Dated:
Work Order Effective on or Before:
Work Began:
PROJECT COST
Contract Substantially Completed
and Final Inspection Made:
Working Time Provided:
Working Time Used:
Original Bid Price:
Approved Change Orders No. 1-5:
Final Contract Price:
Partial Payments Made:
Final Payment Due:
Southside Multi -Purpose Center
Renovation
76-206081-40
16355
Ski -Hi Enterprises, Inc.
April 13, 1988
April 6, 1988
April 6, 1988
April 6, 1988
December 29, 1988
Dependent on Phase II Contract
Not Applicable
$ 86,950.00
$ 20,827.47
$107,777.47
$ 96,999.72
$ 10,777.75
COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS
Tests and inspections made during the project show that t*pRVEE►& in
compliance with the specifications. CITY COUNCIL
FINANCING
Sufficient funds are available in Grant Fund 76, SKI -HI Enterp e� Re ainage
Account No. 205-016355 ($10,777.75), Contract Encumbrance��� to
finance this final payment.
DAI:mmc
ORIGINATING
DEPARTMENT HEAD: David Ivor
SUBMITTED FOR THE
CITY MANAGER'S
OFFICE BY: Gary Santerre
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTACT: W. Massey 7910
City Secretary of the
Ci'.. of "or Worrh, ?ex4
DISPOSITION BY COUNCIL: PROCESSED BY
❑ APPROVED
❑ OTHER (DESCRIBE)
CITY SECRETARY
DATE
City of Fort Worth, Texas *'?
Mayor and Council Communlication
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT: AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
NUMBER RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 4
a-ti-RR r._in9n2 PURPOSE CENTER. PHASE I
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute
contracts for construction of the Renovation of the Sou thside Multi - Purpose
Center, Phase I (Demolition and Structural Reconstruction) with the following
contractors:
Bid Package No. 3 (Demolition) to Rice Drywall Inc. for $77,000.
Bid Package No. 4 (Concrete) to Harold N. Hall Construction Inc. for
$125,000.
Bid Package No. 5 (Combination Bid) including Alternate No. 1 (HVAC and
Plumbing) to Ski -Hi_ Enterprises for $86,950.
Bid Package No. 7 (Electrical) to Dav-Kin Electric Company, Inc. for $66,783.
Bid Package No. 10 (Pier Drilling) to H & H Foundation Drilling Co. Inc. for
$68,500.
nTCrIICCTM
On February 9, 1988 (M&C C-10793), the City Council approved contracts with
Pinnacle Consultants Inc. to provide professional services for the renovation
of the Southside Multi -Purpose Center and with McCord Construction, Inc. to
provide construction management services for the project.
In order to expedite the reconstruction, the project was divided into two
phases. Phase I includes demolition of the interior walls and concrete slab
on grade, demolition and reconstruction of the mechanical, plumbing and
electrical systems, removal of the cabinet -work and doors and storage for
later installation and construction of interior piers and structural slab
floor. Phase II, which will be designed in a few weeks, includes
reconstruction of the interior walls, doors and finish materials to complete
the project.
RECEIPT OF BIDS:
The project was advertised on March 3 and 10, 1988 and bids were received for
Phase I on March 25, 1988 as follows:
BID PACKAGE CONTRACTOR AMOUNT
Bid Package No. 1 D/FW Precast Contr. Inc. $ 6,000
Security Fence The Craftsmen, Inc. $ 7,441
Bid Package No. 2
Security Services D/FW Precast Contr. Inc. $ 35,000
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT: AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
NUMBER
RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 2 of4
4-5-88 C-10902 oimoncr rrkiTro nuAcr r
Bid Package No. 3
Architectural Demolition
Bid Package No. 4
Concrete
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Rice Drywall Inc.
Harold N. Hall Const. Inc.
Ed A. Wilson, Inc.
Cates -Courtney, Inc.
Harold N. Hall Const. Inc.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Ed A. Wilson, Inc.
Terry J. Fricks, Inc.
Lone Star Conc. Inc.
Bid Package No. 5
Mechanical & Plumbing Demolition
and Reconstruction Ski -Hi Enterprises
First Tex. Mech Contr. Inc
General Eng. Corp.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Alternate No. 1
Duct Alterations
Bid Package No. 6
Plumbing Demolition
& Reconstruction
Bid Package No. 7
Electrical Demolition
& Reconstruction
Bid Package No. 8
Project Sign &
Bulletin Board
Bid Package No. 9
Temporary Toilets
Bid Package No. 10
Pier Drilling
Ski -Hi Enterprises
First Tex. Mech Contr. Inc.
General Eng. Corp.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc
Hayes Plumbing Co.
Dav-Kin Elect. Co. Inc.
The Davis Co. Elect.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
Freeman Elect. Ltg Contr.
A.B. Electric Co.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.
$ 75,000
$ 77,000
VM-1-M
$ 98,500
$119,000
$125,000
T1TF M
$204,000
$218,000
$229,434
$ 81,000
TrrFIM
$125,400
$ 50,000 (Mech
Only)
$ 5,950
$—T,-5-M
$ 9,000
$ 9,283
$ 49,000
$ 98,000
$ 66,783
$ 73,500
$ 90,400
$ 91,000
$ 1,200
$ 1,500
H & H Found. Drilling Co. Inc. $ 68,500
Indoor Drilling Specialists, Inc.3_70_,6M
D/FW Precast Contr. Inc. $ 75,000
DATE REFERENCE suBJECT: AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
NUMBER RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 3 4
4-5-88 C-10902 PURPOSE CENTER, PHASE I of
DISCUSSION
The apparent low bidder (D/FW Precast Contr. Inc.) on Bid Package No. 1
qualified its bid by stating that it would accept only the total project and
would not enter into a contract on individual bid packages. Its proposal for
the total project is $539,000 which is above the aggregate of the low bids
for the different bid packages. Therefore, it is recommended that all bids by
D/FW Precast Contr., Inc. be rejected. The Craftsman, Inc. proposal did not
include a bid bond. It is recommended that this bid be rejected and that the
bid package be re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
Only one bid was received on Bid Package No. 2. (D/FW Precast Contr., Inc.).
For the reasons given above, it is recommended that this bid be rejected and
that the bid package be re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
For Bid Package No. 3, Rice Drywall, Inc., has complied with the City's
MBE/WBE Policy, and it is recommended that Rice Drywall, Inc. (whose bid is
below the estimate) be awarded the bid.
The apparent low bidder for Bid Package No. 4, Cates -Courtney, Inc., did not
submit the required MBE/WBE forms and is considered non -responsive. The
second low bidder, Harold N. Hall Construction, Inc. is below the estimate
for this work, has complied with the City's MBE/WBE Policy, and is
recommended for award of the contract. It should be noted that some
excavation is expected in this contract at $6.00 per linear foot to determine
the condition of the grade beam carton form after the concrete slab is
removed. The total amount of excavation will be determined after the first
trench is dug, and a change order will be written.
The apparent low bidder on Bid Package No. 5, Ski -Hi Enterprises is below the
estimate for this work and is recommended for award of contract including the
base bid and Alternate No. 1. The firm complied with the City's MBE/WBE
Policy.
The lowest combination of bids for the mechanical and plumbing work is
included in Bid Package No. 5. Therefore, it is recommended that all bids for
Bid Package No. 6, (Plumbing demolition and reconstruction) be rejected.
The apparent low bidder on Bid Package No. 7, Dav-Kin Electric Company, Inc.
is below the estimate for this work and complied with City's MBE/WBE Policy.
Only one bidder responded to Bid Packages No. 8 and 9. Since the
recommendation is to reject all bids by D/FW Precast Contractors, Inc., the
proposals for Bid Package No. 8, (Project Sign and Bulletin Board) and Bid
Package No. 9, (Temporary Toilets) should be rejected and are recommended for
re -bid through the Purchasing Department.
DATE REFERENCE SUBJECT: AWARD OF MULTIPLE CONTRACTS FOR PAGE
NUMBER RENOVATION OF THE SOUTHSIDE MULTI- 4 04
4-5-88 C-10902 PURPOSE CENTER, PHA
1'w o partial bids were received for Bid Package No. 10, Drilled Shafts:
H & H Foundation Drilling Co. Inc. $68,500
Fort Worth, Texas
Indoor Drilling Specialists, Inc.
Denver, Colorado
$70,000
Both firms had technical omissions from their proposals. However, because
this work must be completed before most of the other work herein can begin,
it is recommended that the contract be awarded to the low bidder, H & H
Foundation.
The total proposal for the bid packages recommended is $424,233 which is
$188,804 below the estimate of $613,037 for the same work.
FINANCING
Sufficient funds are available in Grants Fund 76, Project No. 206081-40,
Southside Multi -Purpose Center Renovation to finance these contracts.
Expenditures will be made from Index Code 500660.
DAI:d
APPROVED BY
CITY COUNCIL
APR 5 1988
City $eore¢ary of the
City of rpa W.orth,. To -'am
SUBMITTED FOR THE CITY MANAGER'S DISPOSITION BY COUNCIL: PROCESSED BY
OFFICE BY: ❑ APPROVED
ORIGINATING ❑ OTHER (DESCRIBE)
DEPARTMENT HEAD: Gary Santerre CITY SECRETARY
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTACT: N. Amos 7895 DATE